]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #18704 from keszybz/fallback-hostame-override
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 248:
4
5 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
6 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
7 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
8 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
9 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
10 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
11
12 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
13 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
14 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
15
16 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
17 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
18 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
19
20 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
21 supported system extension level.
22
23 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
24 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
25 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
26 similar to /etc/crypttab.
27
28 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
29 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
30
31 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
32 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
33 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
34 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
35 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
36
37 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
38 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
39 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
40 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
41 the need for configuration in an external file.
42
43 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
44 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
45 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
46
47 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
48 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
49 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
50
51 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
52 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
53 them. See:
54
55 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
56
57 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
58
59 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
60 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
61 dependency.
62
63 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
64 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
65 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
66
67 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
68 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
69 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
70 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
71 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
72 output and such.
73
74 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
75 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
76
77 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
78 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
79
80 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
81 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
82 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
83 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
84
85 * The tables of system calls in seccomps filters are now automatically
86 generated from kernel lists exported on
87 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
88
89 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
90 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
91 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
92
93 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
94 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
95 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
96 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
97
98 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
99 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
100 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
101
102 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
103 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
104 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
105 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
106
107 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
108 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
109
110 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
111 noexec for parts of the file system.
112
113 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
114 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
115 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
116 systemctl and similar tools:
117
118 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
119
120 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
121 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
122 the host itself is connected to
123
124 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
125
126 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
127 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
128 parameter: the message to send.
129
130 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
131 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
132 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
133
134 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
135 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
136
137 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
138 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
139
140 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
141 queue to be configured.
142
143 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
144 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
145 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
146
147 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
148 switch to select the routing policy table.
149
150 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
151 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
152
153 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
154 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
155 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
156 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
157 added.
158
159 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
160 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
161
162 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
163 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
164
165 .network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which allows
166 configuration how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
167 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
168 upped/downed by the user using "ip dev".
169
170 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
171 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
172 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
173
174 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
175 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
176 even a single device.
177
178 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
179 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
180 systems.
181
182 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
183 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
184
185 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
186 significant security benefits and would conflicts with the executable
187 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes.
188
189 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
190 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
191
192 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
193 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
194 libfprint.
195
196 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
197 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
198 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
199 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
200 the upstream server.
201
202 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
203 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
204 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
205 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
206 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
207 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
208 anyway.
209
210 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
211 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
212 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
213
214 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
215 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
216 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
217 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
218 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
219 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
220 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
221 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
222 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
223 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
224 lookup.
225
226 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
227 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
228 capabilities passed to the container payload.
229
230 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
231 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
232 support). Similar, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
233 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
234 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
235 IPv4-only).
236
237 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
238 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
239
240 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
241 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
242 pressure limits before action will be taken.
243
244 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
245 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
246 operation, but it is still recommended.
247
248 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
249 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
250
251 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
252 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
253
254 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
255 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
256 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
257 user.
258
259 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
260 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
261 D-Bus properties.
262
263 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
264 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
265 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
266 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
267 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
268 shows this in the status output.
269
270 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
271 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
272 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
273
274 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
275 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
276 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
277
278 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
279 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
280 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
281 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
282 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
283 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
284 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
285 imported into the manager environment block.
286
287 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
288 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
289 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
290
291 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
292 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
293 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
294 reloaded "↻".
295
296 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
297 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
298 a simple JSON format.
299
300 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
301 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
302 process signals and their numbers.
303
304 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
305
306 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
307 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
308
309 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
310 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
311 colors are used in output.
312
313 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
314 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
315 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
316 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
317 disable this output again.
318
319 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
320 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
321 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
322 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
323
324 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
325
326 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
327 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
328 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
329
330 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
331 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
332 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
333 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
334
335 * The sd-device API gained three new calls sd_device_get_action() (for
336 determining the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object
337 has been seen for), sd_device_get_seqno() (for determining the uevent
338 sequence number) and sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() (for allocating a
339 new sd_device object from stat() data of a device node).
340
341 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
342 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
343 headers/legends.
344
345 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
346 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
347 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
348 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
349 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
350 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
351 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
352 operations at a later step at once.
353
354 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
355 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
356 to regular strings.
357
358 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
359 and measured the boot process into it.
360
361 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
362 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
363 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
364 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
365
366 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
367 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
368 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
369 it assigns the container a cgroup.
370
371 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
372 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
373
374 CHANGES WITH 247:
375
376 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
377 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
378 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
379 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
380 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
381 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
382 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
383 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
384 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
385 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
386 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
387 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
388 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
389 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
390 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
391
392 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
393 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
394 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
395 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
396 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
397 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
398 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
399 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
400 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
401 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
402 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
403 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
404 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
405 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
406 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
407
408 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
409 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
410 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
411 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
412 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
413 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
414 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
415 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
416 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
417 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
418
419 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
420 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
421 handle the new events. Specifically:
422
423 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
424 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
425 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
426 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
427 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
428 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
429 generated, for all other device types this change is still
430 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
431 future kernel uevent type additions).
432
433 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
434 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
435 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
436 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
437 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
438 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
439 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
440 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
441 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
442 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
443 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
444 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
445
446 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
447 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
448 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
449 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
450 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
451 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
452 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
453 above).
454
455 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
456 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
457 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
458 behaviour change.
459
460 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
461 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
462 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
463 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
464 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
465 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
466 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
467 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
468 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
469 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
470 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
471 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
472 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
473 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
474 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
475 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
476 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
477 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
478 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
479 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
480 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
481 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
482 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
483 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
484 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
485 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
486
487 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
488 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
489 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
490 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
491 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
492
493 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
494 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
495 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
496 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
497 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
498 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
499 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
500 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
501 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
502 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
503 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
504 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
505 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
506
507 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
508 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
509 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
510 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
511 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
512 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
513 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
514 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
515 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
516 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
517 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
518 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
519 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
520 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
521 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
522 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
523 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
524 they now are optional during runtime.
525
526 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
527 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
528 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
529 which installs absolute timers.
530
531 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
532 mode, which may be controlled via the new
533 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
534 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
535 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
536 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
537 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
538 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
539 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
540 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
541
542 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
543 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
544 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
545 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
546 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
547 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
548 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
549 dispatched).
550
551 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
552 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
553 the RootImage= setting.
554
555 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
556 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
557 to the service.
558
559 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
560 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
561 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
562 different for different units).
563
564 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
565 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
566 options.
567
568 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
569 --json= switch.
570
571 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
572 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
573 authentication request.
574
575 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
576 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
577 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
578 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
579 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
580 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
581 empty.
582
583 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
584 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
585 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
586 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
587 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
588 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
589 image to be applied onto the image.
590
591 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
592 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
593 in OS disk images.
594
595 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
596 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
597 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
598 other output modes.
599
600 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
601 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
602 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
603 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
604
605 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
606 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
607 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
608 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
609 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
610 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
611 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
612 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
613 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
614 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
615
616 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
617 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
618 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
619 recursively to whole subtrees.
620
621 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
622 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
623 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
624 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
625 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
626 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
627 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
628 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
629
630 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
631 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
632 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
633 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
634 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
635 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
636 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
637 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
638 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
639 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
640 system asks for a password.
641
642 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
643 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
644 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
645 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
646 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
647 up.
648
649 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
650 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
651 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
652
653 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
654 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
655 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
656 virtualization.
657
658 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
659 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
660 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
661 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
662 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
663 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
664 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
665 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
666 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
667 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
668 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
669 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
670 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
671 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
672 directories:
673
674 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
675
676 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
677 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
678 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
679
680 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
681 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
682 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
683 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
684
685 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
686 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
687
688 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
689 system calls that are contained in @known will result in a EPERM by
690 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
691 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
692 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
693 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
694 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
695 applications.
696
697 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
698 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
699 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
700 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
701 build time.
702
703 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
704 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
705 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
706 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
707 system call filter policy.
708
709 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
710 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
711 filtering is turned off.
712
713 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
714 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
715 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
716 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
717 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
718 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
719 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
720 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
721 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
722
723 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
724 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
725 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
726 exited.
727
728 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
729 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
730
731 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
732 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
733 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
734 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
735 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
736 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
737 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
738 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
739 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
740 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
741 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
742 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
743 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
744 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
745 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
746 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
747 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
748 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
749 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
750 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
751 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
752 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
753
754 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
755 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
756 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
757 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
758 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
759 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
760 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
761 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
762 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
763 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
764 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
765 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
766 aforementioned service settings.
767
768 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
769 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
770 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
771 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
772 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
773 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
774 and populated — there is no time window where they are
775 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
776 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
777 will start from the beginning.
778
779 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
780 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
781 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
782 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
783
784 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
785 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
786 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
787 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
788 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
789 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
790 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
791 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
792 on, including in the initrd.
793
794 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
795 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
796 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
797 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
798
799 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
800 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
801 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
802 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
803 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
804
805 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
806 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
807 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
808 this property in its status output.
809
810 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
811 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
812 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
813 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
814 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
815 more similarly to nss-resolve.
816
817 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
818 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
819 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
820 ctime.
821
822 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
823 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
824
825 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
826 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
827 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
828 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
829 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
830 having to rebuild systemd.
831
832 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
833 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
834 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
835 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
836 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
837 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
838 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
839 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
840
841 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
842 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
843 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
844 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
845 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
846 hardlinks.
847
848 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
849 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
850 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
851
852 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
853 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
854 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
855 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
856
857 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
858 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
859
860 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
861 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
862 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
863 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
864 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
865
866 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
867 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
868 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
869 compatibility).
870
871 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
872 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
873 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
874 prefix will be assigned.
875
876 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
877 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
878 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
879 The setting is enabled by default.
880
881 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
882 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
883
884 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
885 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
886 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
887 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
888 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
889 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
890 debuggable.
891
892 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
893 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
894 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
895 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
896
897 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
898 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
899
900 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
901 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
902 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
903 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
904 environments where the root file system is
905 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
906 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
907
908 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
909 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
910 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
911 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
912 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
913 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
914 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
915 later).
916
917 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
918 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
919 working with heavily threaded programs.
920
921 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
922 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
923 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
924 desirable.
925
926 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
927 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
928 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
929 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
930 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
931 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
932
933 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
934 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
935 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
936 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
937 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
938
939 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
940 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
941 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
942 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
943 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
944 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
945 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
946 promises.
947
948 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
949 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
950 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
951 promises.
952
953 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
954 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
955 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
956 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
957 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
958 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
959 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
960 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
961 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
962
963 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
964 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
965 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
966 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
967 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
968 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
969 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
970 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
971 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
972
973 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
974 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
975 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
976 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
977 like this.
978
979 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
980 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
981 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
982 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
983 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
984 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
985 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
986 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
987 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
988
989 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
990 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
991 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
992 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
993 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
994 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
995 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
996 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
997 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
998 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
999 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
1000 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
1001 appropriately.
1002
1003 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
1004 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
1005 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
1006 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
1007 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
1008 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
1009
1010 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
1011 contents in commented form in the text editor.
1012
1013 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
1014 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
1015 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
1016 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
1017 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
1018 protections for the different slices in the future.
1019
1020 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
1021 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
1022 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
1023 image dissection logic.
1024
1025 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
1026 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
1027 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
1028 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
1029 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
1030 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
1031 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1032 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
1033 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
1034 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
1035 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
1036 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
1037 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
1038 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
1039 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
1040 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
1041 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
1042 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
1043 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
1044 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
1045 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
1046 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
1047 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
1048 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
1049 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
1050 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
1051 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
1052 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
1053 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
1054 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
1055 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
1056 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1057 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
1058
1059 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
1060
1061 CHANGES WITH 246:
1062
1063 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
1064 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
1065 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
1066
1067 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
1068 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
1069
1070 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
1071 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
1072 based on the NUMA mask.
1073
1074 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
1075 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
1076 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
1077
1078 * Two new unit file settings
1079 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
1080 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
1081 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
1082 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
1083
1084 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
1085 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
1086 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
1087 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
1088 instance).
1089
1090 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
1091 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
1092 service's processes shall include.
1093
1094 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
1095 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
1096 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
1097 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
1098
1099 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
1100 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
1101 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
1102 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
1103 depending on socket type.
1104
1105 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
1106 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
1107 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
1108 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
1109 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
1110 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
1111 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
1112 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
1113 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
1114 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
1115
1116 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
1117 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
1118 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
1119 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
1120 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
1121 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
1122 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
1123 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
1124
1125 * .service unit files gained two new options
1126 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
1127 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
1128 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
1129
1130 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
1131 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
1132 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
1133 prefix is used.
1134
1135 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
1136 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
1137 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
1138 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
1139 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
1140 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
1141 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
1142 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
1143 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
1144 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
1145 key/certificate parameters support this now.
1146
1147 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
1148 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
1149 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
1150 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
1151 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
1152 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
1153
1154 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
1155 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
1156 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
1157 finally gone now.
1158
1159 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
1160 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
1161 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
1162 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
1163
1164 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
1165 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
1166 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
1167 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
1168 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
1169 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
1170 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
1171 which is quite likely a major security problem.
1172
1173 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
1174 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
1175 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
1176 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
1177 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
1178
1179 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
1180 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
1181 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
1182 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
1183 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
1184
1185 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
1186 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
1187 boot.
1188
1189 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
1190 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
1191 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
1192 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
1193 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
1194 device.
1195
1196 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
1197 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
1198 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
1199
1200 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
1201 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
1202 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
1203 conditions.
1204
1205 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
1206 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
1207 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
1208 in order to make test cases more reliable.
1209
1210 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
1211 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
1212 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
1213 the process that faulted.
1214
1215 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
1216 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
1217 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
1218
1219 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
1220 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
1221 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
1222 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
1223 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
1224
1225 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
1226 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
1227 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
1228 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
1229 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
1230
1231 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
1232 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
1233 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
1234 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
1235 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
1236
1237 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
1238 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
1239 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
1240 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
1241 frame ring buffer sizes.
1242
1243 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
1244 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
1245
1246 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
1247 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
1248
1249 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
1250 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
1251 automatically assigned to the interface.
1252
1253 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
1254 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
1255 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
1256 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
1257 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
1258 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
1259 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
1260 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
1261 mode for Assign=.
1262
1263 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
1264 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
1265 source addresses.
1266
1267 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
1268 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
1269 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
1270 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
1271 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
1272 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
1273 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
1274 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
1275 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
1276 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
1277
1278 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
1279 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
1280 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
1281 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
1282 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
1283 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
1284 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
1285
1286 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
1287 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
1288 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
1289 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
1290 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
1291 the RA packets suggest it.
1292
1293 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
1294 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
1295 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
1296 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
1297
1298 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
1299 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
1300 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
1301 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
1302 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
1303 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
1304 field.
1305
1306 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
1307 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
1308 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
1309 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
1310 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
1311 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
1312
1313 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
1314 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
1315
1316 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
1317 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
1318 the VLAN protocol to use.
1319
1320 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
1321 of the .network files, to control the link group.
1322
1323 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
1324 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
1325 link local address is generated.
1326
1327 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
1328 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
1329 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
1330 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
1331 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
1332 carefully picking an interface name to use.
1333
1334 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
1335 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
1336
1337 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
1338 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
1339
1340 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
1341 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
1342 are still understood to provide compatibility.
1343
1344 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
1345 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
1346 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
1347 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
1348 interfaces up or down.
1349
1350 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
1351 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
1352 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
1353 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
1354 interface may be specified (after "%").
1355
1356 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
1357 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
1358 public DNS servers are not used.
1359
1360 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
1361
1362 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
1363 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
1364 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
1365 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
1366 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
1367 defined by systemd-resolved).
1368
1369 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
1370 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
1371 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
1372
1373 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
1374 --property=…".
1375
1376 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
1377 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
1378 use --plain.
1379
1380 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
1381 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
1382 being deprecated in favor of this option.
1383
1384 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
1385 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
1386 process itself.
1387
1388 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
1389 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
1390 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
1391 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
1392 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
1393 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
1394 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
1395 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
1396 implementations.
1397
1398 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
1399 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
1400 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
1401 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
1402 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
1403 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
1404 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
1405 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
1406 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
1407
1408 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
1409 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
1410 initialization.
1411
1412 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
1413 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
1414 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
1415
1416 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
1417 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
1418 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
1419 without any decoration.
1420
1421 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
1422 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
1423 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
1424 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
1425 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
1426 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
1427
1428 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
1429 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
1430 coredump data from.
1431
1432 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
1433 the zstd algorithm.
1434
1435 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
1436 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
1437 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
1438 not block clean file system unmounting.
1439
1440 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
1441 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
1442 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
1443
1444 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
1445 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
1446 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
1447 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
1448
1449 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
1450 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
1451
1452 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
1453 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
1454 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
1455 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
1456 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
1457 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
1458 instead of operating on actual block devices.
1459
1460 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
1461 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
1462
1463 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
1464 instead of 0.
1465
1466 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
1467 specifier expansion.
1468
1469 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
1470 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
1471 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
1472 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
1473 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
1474
1475 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
1476 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
1477 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
1478 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
1479 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
1480
1481 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
1482 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
1483 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
1484 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
1485 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
1486 --fido2-device= option.
1487
1488 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
1489 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
1490 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
1491 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
1492 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
1493 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
1494 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
1495
1496 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
1497 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
1498 changed from ext2 to ext4.
1499
1500 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
1501 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
1502 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
1503 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
1504 before the system continues to boot.
1505
1506 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
1507 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
1508 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
1509 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
1510 instead of at installation time.
1511
1512 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
1513 volumes with automatically from files in
1514 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
1515 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
1516
1517 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
1518 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
1519
1520 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
1521 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
1522 instance.
1523
1524 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
1525 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
1526 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
1527 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
1528
1529 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
1530 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
1531
1532 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
1533 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
1534 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
1535 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
1536 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
1537 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
1538 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
1539 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
1540 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
1541 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
1542 incremental).
1543
1544 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
1545 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
1546 which it then operates.
1547
1548 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
1549 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
1550 directories for various resources.
1551
1552 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
1553 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
1554 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
1555 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
1556 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
1557 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
1558 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
1559 via the new --no-block switch.
1560
1561 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
1562 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
1563 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
1564 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
1565 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
1566 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
1567 case.
1568
1569 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
1570 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
1571 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
1572 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
1573
1574 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
1575 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
1576 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
1577 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
1578 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
1579
1580 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
1581 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
1582 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
1583 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
1584 vtable is associated with.
1585
1586 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
1587 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
1588 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
1589 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
1590
1591 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
1592 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
1593 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
1594
1595 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
1596
1597 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
1598 document the methods, signals and properties.
1599
1600 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
1601 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
1602 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
1603 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
1604 desktops has been added:
1605
1606 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
1607 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
1608 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
1609
1610 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
1611 and has now moved to:
1612
1613 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
1614
1615 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
1616 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
1617 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
1618 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
1619 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
1620 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
1621 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
1622
1623 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
1624 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
1625 target of the service during runtime.
1626
1627 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
1628 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
1629 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
1630
1631 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
1632 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
1633 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
1634 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
1635 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
1636 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
1637 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
1638 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
1639 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
1640 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
1641 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
1642 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1643 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
1644 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
1645 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
1646 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
1647 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
1648 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
1649 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
1650 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
1651 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
1652 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
1653 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
1654 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
1655 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
1656 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
1657 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
1658 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
1659 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
1660 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
1661 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
1662 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
1663 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
1664 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
1665 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
1666 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
1667 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1668 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1669
1670 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
1671
1672 CHANGES WITH 245:
1673
1674 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
1675 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
1676 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
1677 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
1678 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
1679 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
1680 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
1681 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
1682 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
1683 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
1684 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
1685 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
1686 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
1687 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
1688 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
1689 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
1690 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
1691 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
1692 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
1693 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
1694 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
1695
1696 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
1697 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
1698 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
1699 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
1700 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
1701 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
1702 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
1703 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
1704 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
1705 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
1706 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
1707 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
1708 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
1709 that for the first time resource management and various other
1710 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
1711 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
1712 to apply on login. For further details see:
1713
1714 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
1715 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
1716 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
1717
1718 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
1719 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
1720 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
1721 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
1722 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
1723 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
1724 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
1725 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
1726 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
1727
1728 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
1729
1730 For further details about the format and expectations on home
1731 directories this new daemon makes, see:
1732
1733 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
1734
1735 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
1736 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
1737 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
1738 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
1739 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
1740 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
1741 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
1742 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
1743 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
1744 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
1745 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
1746 usage limitations and other settings.
1747
1748 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
1749 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
1750 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
1751 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
1752 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
1753 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
1754 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
1755 resource usage.
1756
1757 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
1758 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
1759
1760 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
1761 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
1762 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
1763 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
1764 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
1765
1766 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
1767 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
1768 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
1769 itself and the default for all other processes.
1770
1771 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
1772 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
1773 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
1774 database into account.
1775
1776 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
1777 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
1778 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
1779 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
1780
1781 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
1782 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
1783 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
1784 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
1785 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
1786 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
1787 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
1788 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
1789 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
1790 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
1791
1792 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
1793 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
1794 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
1795 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
1796 event source watching it is freed).
1797
1798 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
1799 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
1800 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
1801 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
1802
1803 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
1804 (IFB) network devices.
1805
1806 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
1807 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
1808
1809 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
1810 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
1811 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
1812 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
1813 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
1814 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
1815
1816 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
1817 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
1818 with its sense inverted.
1819
1820 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
1821 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
1822 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
1823
1824 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
1825 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
1826 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
1827
1828 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
1829 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
1830 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
1831 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
1832 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
1833 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
1834 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
1835
1836 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
1837 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
1838 debugging purposes.
1839
1840 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
1841 group named differently than the user.
1842
1843 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
1844 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
1845 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
1846
1847 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
1848 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
1849 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
1850 /etc/fstab.
1851
1852 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
1853 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
1854 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
1855 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
1856
1857 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
1858 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
1859 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
1860 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
1861
1862 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
1863 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
1864 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
1865 Bernard.
1866
1867 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
1868 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
1869 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
1870 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
1871 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
1872 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
1873 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
1874 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
1875 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
1876 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
1877 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
1878
1879 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
1880 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
1881 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
1882 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
1883 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
1884 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
1885 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
1886 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
1887 command line option.
1888
1889 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
1890 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
1891
1892 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
1893 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
1894 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
1895 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
1896 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
1897 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
1898 systemd-timedated.
1899
1900 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
1901 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
1902 GPT partition table types.
1903
1904 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
1905 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
1906 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
1907
1908 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1909
1910 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
1911 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
1912 for the respective units.
1913
1914 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
1915 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
1916 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
1917
1918 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
1919 "status" output.
1920
1921 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
1922 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
1923 disappear.
1924
1925 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
1926 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
1927 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
1928 address is used.
1929
1930 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
1931 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
1932 dropped from the individual setting names.
1933
1934 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
1935 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
1936 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
1937 such files in version 243.
1938
1939 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
1940 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
1941 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
1942
1943 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
1944 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
1945 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
1946
1947 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
1948 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
1949 with stopping and disablement.
1950
1951 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
1952 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
1953 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
1954 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
1955 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
1956 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
1957 some internal systemd services (most notably
1958 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
1959 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
1960 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
1961 this systemd release. See
1962 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
1963 additional discussion.
1964
1965 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
1966 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
1967 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
1968 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
1969 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
1970 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
1971 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1972 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
1973 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
1974 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
1975 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
1976 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
1977 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
1978 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
1979 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
1980 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
1981 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
1982 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
1983 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
1984 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1985 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
1986 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
1987 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
1988 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
1989 DONG
1990
1991 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
1992
1993 CHANGES WITH 244:
1994
1995 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
1996 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
1997 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
1998 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
1999
2000 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
2001 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
2002 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
2003 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
2004
2005 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
2006 units.
2007
2008 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
2009 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
2010 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
2011 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
2012 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
2013 set the EFI variable.
2014
2015 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
2016 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
2017 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
2018 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
2019 and overrides the systemd setting.
2020
2021 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
2022 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
2023 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
2024 effect.)
2025
2026 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
2027 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
2028 that affects all corresponding unit files.
2029
2030 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
2031 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
2032
2033 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
2034 the unit being shown.
2035
2036 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
2037 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
2038 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
2039 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
2040 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
2041
2042 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
2043 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
2044 which need to use them.
2045
2046 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
2047 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
2048 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
2049 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
2050 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
2051 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
2052 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
2053 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
2054 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
2055 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
2056
2057 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
2058 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
2059 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
2060 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
2061 security tokens that were used previously.
2062
2063 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
2064 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
2065 improve power saving with many more devices.
2066
2067 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
2068 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
2069 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
2070
2071 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
2072 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
2073 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
2074 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
2075 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
2076
2077 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
2078 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
2079 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
2080 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
2081 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
2082
2083 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
2084 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
2085
2086 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
2087 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
2088
2089 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
2090 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
2091 now supported.
2092
2093 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
2094 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
2095
2096 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
2097 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
2098 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
2099
2100 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
2101 received from the server.
2102
2103 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
2104 set.
2105
2106 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
2107 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
2108
2109 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
2110 using a new SendOption= setting.
2111
2112 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
2113 service type" value used by the client.
2114
2115 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
2116 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
2117
2118 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
2119 a new SendOption= setting.
2120
2121 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
2122 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
2123
2124 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
2125 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
2126
2127 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
2128 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
2129 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
2130
2131 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
2132 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
2133 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
2134 BSSID for wireless links.
2135
2136 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
2137 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
2138
2139 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
2140 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
2141
2142 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
2143 disciplines in the kernel using the new
2144 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
2145 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
2146 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
2147 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
2148
2149 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
2150
2151 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
2152 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
2153 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
2154 on its own).
2155
2156 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
2157 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
2158 of the present time.
2159
2160 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
2161 reproducible image builds easier).
2162
2163 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
2164 Specification.
2165
2166 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
2167 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
2168 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
2169 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
2170
2171 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
2172 is being used.
2173
2174 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
2175
2176 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
2177 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
2178 path as the system manager.
2179
2180 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
2181 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
2182 representation").
2183
2184 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
2185 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
2186 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
2187 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
2188 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
2189 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
2190 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
2191 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
2192
2193 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
2194 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
2195 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
2196 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
2197 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
2198 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
2199 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
2200 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
2201 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
2202 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2203 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
2204 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
2205 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
2206 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
2207 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
2208 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
2209 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
2210 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
2211 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
2212 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
2213 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
2214 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
2215 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2216
2217 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
2218
2219 CHANGES WITH 243:
2220
2221 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
2222 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
2223 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
2224 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
2225 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
2226 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
2227 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
2228 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
2229
2230 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
2231 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
2232 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
2233 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
2234 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
2235 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
2236 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
2237 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
2238 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
2239 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
2240 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
2241 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
2242 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
2243 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
2244 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
2245 documentation.
2246
2247 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
2248 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
2249 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
2250 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
2251 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
2252 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
2253 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
2254 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
2255 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
2256 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
2257 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
2258 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
2259 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
2260 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
2261 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
2262 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
2263
2264 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
2265 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
2266 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
2267 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
2268
2269 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
2270 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
2271
2272 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
2273 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
2274 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
2275 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
2276 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
2277 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
2278 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
2279 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
2280 caught up with the kernel API changes.
2281
2282 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
2283 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
2284 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
2285 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
2286 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
2287 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
2288 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
2289 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
2290 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
2291 packagers.
2292
2293 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
2294 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
2295
2296 build/man/man systemctl
2297 build/man/html systemd.index
2298
2299 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
2300 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
2301
2302 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
2303 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
2304 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
2305 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
2306 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
2307 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
2308
2309 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
2310 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
2311 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
2312 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
2313 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
2314 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
2315 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
2316 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
2317 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
2318 unambiguously distinguished.
2319
2320 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
2321 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
2322 very rarely used.
2323
2324 To replace this functionality, users should:
2325 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
2326 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
2327 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
2328 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
2329 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
2330
2331 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
2332 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
2333 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
2334 interfaces should really be matched.
2335
2336 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
2337 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
2338 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
2339 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
2340 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
2341 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
2342
2343 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
2344 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
2345 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
2346 stop the whole unit.
2347
2348 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
2349 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
2350 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
2351 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
2352 generated whenever a unit stops.
2353
2354 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
2355 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
2356 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
2357 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
2358
2359 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
2360 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
2361 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
2362 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
2363 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
2364
2365 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
2366 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
2367 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
2368 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
2369 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
2370 programs set up externally.
2371
2372 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
2373 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
2374 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
2375 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
2376
2377 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
2378 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
2379 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
2380 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
2381 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
2382 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
2383 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
2384
2385 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
2386 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
2387 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
2388 as before.
2389
2390 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
2391 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
2392 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
2393 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
2394 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
2395 links on terminals that support that.
2396
2397 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
2398 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
2399 unmounted safely during shutdown.
2400
2401 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
2402
2403 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
2404 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
2405 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
2406 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
2407 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
2408 The default remains unchanged.
2409
2410 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
2411 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
2412
2413 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
2414 udev property.
2415
2416 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
2417 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
2418 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
2419
2420 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
2421 interfaces natively.
2422
2423 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
2424 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
2425 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
2426 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
2427
2428 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
2429 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
2430 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
2431 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
2432 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
2433 RELEASE message when terminating.
2434
2435 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
2436 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
2437
2438 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
2439 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
2440 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
2441 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
2442 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
2443 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
2444 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
2445
2446 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
2447 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
2448 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
2449 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
2450 added to the GENEVE support.
2451
2452 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
2453 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
2454 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
2455 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
2456 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
2457
2458 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
2459 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
2460 onto the network device.
2461
2462 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
2463 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
2464 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
2465 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
2466 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
2467
2468 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
2469 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
2470 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
2471
2472 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
2473 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
2474
2475 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
2476 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
2477
2478 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
2479 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
2480 statistics.
2481
2482 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
2483 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
2484 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
2485
2486 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
2487 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
2488
2489 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
2490 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
2491 specific udev properties.
2492
2493 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
2494 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
2495 "lo" as underlying device.
2496
2497 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
2498 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
2499 IP addresses, too.
2500
2501 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
2502 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
2503 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
2504 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
2505
2506 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
2507 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
2508 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
2509 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
2510
2511 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
2512 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
2513 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
2514
2515 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
2516 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
2517 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
2518
2519 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
2520
2521 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
2522 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
2523 does the same for recurring calendar events.
2524
2525 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
2526 durations as opposed to points in time).
2527
2528 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
2529 expressions.
2530
2531 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
2532 codes to their names and back.
2533
2534 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
2535 file paths and unit aliases.
2536
2537 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
2538 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
2539 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
2540 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
2541
2542 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
2543 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
2544 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
2545 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
2546 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
2547 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
2548 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
2549 udev rules for that purpose.
2550
2551 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
2552 a device to be initialized.
2553
2554 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
2555 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
2556 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
2557
2558 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
2559 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
2560 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
2561 with gcc's cleanup extension.
2562
2563 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
2564 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
2565 with printf().
2566
2567 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
2568 XML introspection data unmodified.
2569
2570 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
2571 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
2572 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
2573 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
2574
2575 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
2576 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
2577 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
2578 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
2579 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
2580 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
2581 configured to handle the watchdog.
2582
2583 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
2584 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
2585 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
2586
2587 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
2588 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
2589 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
2590
2591 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
2592 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
2593 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
2594 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
2595 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
2596
2597 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
2598 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
2599 review.
2600
2601 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
2602 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
2603
2604 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
2605 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
2606
2607 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
2608 failures to apply them are now ignored.
2609
2610 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
2611 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
2612 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
2613 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
2614
2615 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
2616 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
2617 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
2618 service.
2619
2620 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
2621 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
2622 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
2623 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
2624 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
2625 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
2626 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
2627 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
2628 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
2629 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
2630 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
2631 a seed was received from the boot loader.
2632
2633 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
2634
2635 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
2636 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
2637 above.
2638
2639 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
2640 installed.
2641
2642 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
2643 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
2644 bootloader entry).
2645
2646 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
2647 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
2648
2649 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
2650
2651 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
2652 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
2653 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
2654 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
2655 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
2656
2657 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
2658 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
2659 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
2660
2661 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
2662 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
2663
2664 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
2665 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
2666 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
2667
2668 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
2669 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
2670 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
2671 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
2672 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
2673 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
2674 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
2675 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
2676 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
2677 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
2678 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
2679 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
2680 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
2681 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2682 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
2683 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
2684 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
2685 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
2686 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2687 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
2688 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
2689 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
2690 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
2691 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
2692 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
2693 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
2694 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
2695 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
2696 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
2697 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
2698
2699 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
2700
2701 CHANGES WITH 242:
2702
2703 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
2704 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
2705 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
2706 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
2707 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
2708 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
2709 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
2710
2711 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
2712 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
2713
2714 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
2715 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
2716 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
2717 may be used to view this.
2718
2719 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
2720 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
2721 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
2722 ```
2723 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
2724 [Match]
2725 Type=bridge
2726
2727 [Link]
2728 MACAddressPolicy=none
2729 ```
2730
2731 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
2732 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
2733 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
2734 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
2735 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
2736 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
2737 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
2738
2739 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
2740 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
2741
2742 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
2743 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
2744
2745 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
2746 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
2747
2748 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
2749 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
2750 is a USB peripheral).
2751
2752 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
2753 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
2754 measured.
2755
2756 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
2757 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
2758 have privileges to do so).
2759
2760 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
2761 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
2762 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
2763
2764 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
2765 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
2766 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
2767 namespace.
2768
2769 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
2770 in which case environment variable substitution is
2771 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
2772
2773 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
2774 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
2775 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
2776 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
2777 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
2778
2779 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
2780 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
2781 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
2782 installed CPU cores.
2783
2784 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
2785 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
2786 kernel 4.15.
2787
2788 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
2789 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
2790 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
2791 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
2792 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
2793
2794 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
2795 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
2796 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
2797
2798 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
2799 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
2800 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
2801 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
2802 enslaved devices is not operational.
2803
2804 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
2805 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
2806
2807 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
2808 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
2809 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
2810 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
2811 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
2812 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
2813
2814 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
2815 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
2816
2817 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
2818
2819 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
2820 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
2821 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
2822
2823 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
2824 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
2825
2826 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
2827 configure CAN triple sampling.
2828
2829 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
2830 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
2831
2832 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
2833 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
2834 details.
2835
2836 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
2837 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
2838 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
2839 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
2840 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
2841 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
2842
2843 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
2844
2845 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
2846 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
2847 controlling project quota inheritance.
2848
2849 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
2850 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
2851 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
2852 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
2853 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
2854 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
2855 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
2856 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
2857 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
2858 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
2859 partition.
2860
2861 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
2862 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
2863 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
2864 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
2865 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
2866
2867 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
2868 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
2869
2870 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
2871 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
2872 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
2873 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
2874 be used in production yet.
2875
2876 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
2877 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
2878 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
2879 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
2880 input, output, and error are set up.
2881
2882 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
2883
2884 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
2885 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
2886 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
2887
2888 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
2889 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
2890 the specified expression will elapse next.
2891
2892 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
2893 introspection data.
2894
2895 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
2896 the reboot() system call expects.
2897
2898 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
2899 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
2900 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
2901
2902 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
2903 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
2904 ConditionVirtualization=).
2905
2906 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
2907 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
2908 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
2909 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
2910 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
2911 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
2912 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
2913 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
2914 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
2915 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
2916 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
2917 during reboot with their own operations.
2918
2919 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
2920 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
2921 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
2922 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
2923
2924 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
2925 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
2926 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
2927 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
2928 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
2929
2930 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
2931 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
2932
2933 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
2934 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
2935 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
2936 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
2937 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
2938 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
2939 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
2940 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
2941 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
2942
2943 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
2944 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
2945 prohibited.
2946
2947 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
2948 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
2949 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
2950 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
2951 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
2952 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
2953 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
2954 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
2955
2956 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
2957 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
2958 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
2959 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
2960 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
2961 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
2962 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
2963 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
2964 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
2965 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
2966 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2967 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
2968 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
2969 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
2970 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
2971 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
2972 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
2973 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2974
2975 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
2976
2977 CHANGES WITH 241:
2978
2979 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
2980 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
2981 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
2982
2983 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
2984 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
2985 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
2986 include the package release information.
2987
2988 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
2989 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
2990 option.
2991
2992 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
2993 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
2994 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
2995
2996 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
2997 again.
2998
2999 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
3000 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
3001 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
3002 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
3003 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
3004 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
3005 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
3006 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
3007 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
3008 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
3009 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
3010 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
3011 installed .link files to *not* include it.
3012
3013 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
3014 "persistent", now works again as documented.
3015
3016 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
3017 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
3018
3019 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
3020 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
3021 used for side-channel attacks.
3022
3023 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
3024 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
3025 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
3026
3027 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
3028 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
3029 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
3030 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
3031 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
3032 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
3033
3034 fs.protected_regular = 0
3035 fs.protected_fifos = 0
3036
3037 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
3038 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
3039
3040 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
3041 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
3042 POSIX shells.
3043
3044 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
3045 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
3046
3047 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
3048 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
3049 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
3050 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
3051 points but otherwise empty.
3052
3053 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
3054 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
3055 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
3056
3057 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
3058 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
3059
3060 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
3061 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
3062
3063 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
3064 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
3065 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
3066 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
3067 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
3068 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
3069 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
3070 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
3071 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
3072 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3073 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3074 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
3075 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
3076 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
3077 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
3078 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3079 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
3080
3081 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
3082
3083 CHANGES WITH 240:
3084
3085 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
3086 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
3087 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
3088 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
3089 an SELinux policy update is required.
3090 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
3091
3092 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
3093 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
3094 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
3095 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
3096 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
3097 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
3098 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
3099 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
3100 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
3101 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
3102
3103 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
3104 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
3105 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
3106 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
3107 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
3108 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
3109 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
3110 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
3111 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
3112 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
3113 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
3114 the search path.
3115
3116 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
3117 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
3118 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
3119 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
3120 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
3121 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
3122 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
3123 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
3124 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
3125 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
3126 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
3127 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
3128 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
3129 start job.
3130
3131 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
3132 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
3133 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
3134 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
3135 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
3136 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
3137 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
3138 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
3139 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
3140 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
3141
3142 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
3143 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
3144 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
3145 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
3146 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
3147 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
3148 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
3149 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
3150 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
3151 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
3152 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
3153 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
3154 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
3155 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
3156 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
3157 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
3158 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
3159 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
3160 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
3161 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
3162 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
3163 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
3164 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
3165 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
3166 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
3167 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
3168 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
3169 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
3170 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
3171 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
3172 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
3173 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
3174 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
3175 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
3176 Java.)
3177
3178 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
3179 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
3180 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
3181 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
3182 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
3183 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
3184 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
3185 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
3186 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
3187 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
3188
3189 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
3190 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
3191 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
3192 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
3193 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
3194 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
3195
3196 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
3197 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
3198 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
3199 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
3200 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
3201
3202 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
3203 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
3204
3205 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
3206 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
3207 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
3208
3209 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
3210 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
3211
3212 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
3213 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
3214 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
3215
3216 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
3217 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
3218 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
3219 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
3220 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
3221 latency.
3222
3223 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
3224 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
3225
3226 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
3227 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
3228 instance part of a unit name.
3229
3230 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
3231 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
3232 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
3233 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
3234 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
3235 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
3236 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
3237 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
3238 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
3239
3240 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
3241 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
3242 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
3243 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
3244
3245 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
3246 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
3247 to a file, and appending to it.
3248
3249 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
3250 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
3251 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
3252 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
3253 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
3254 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
3255
3256 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
3257 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
3258 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
3259 having to touch C code.
3260
3261 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
3262 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
3263
3264 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
3265 DNS-over-TLS.
3266
3267 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
3268 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
3269 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
3270
3271 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
3272 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
3273 until the system finished start-up.
3274
3275 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
3276
3277 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
3278 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
3279 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
3280 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
3281 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
3282 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
3283 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
3284
3285 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
3286 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
3287 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
3288 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
3289 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
3290 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
3291 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
3292 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
3293 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
3294 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
3295 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
3296 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
3297
3298 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
3299 instantiate services.
3300
3301 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
3302 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
3303
3304 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
3305 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
3306 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
3307
3308 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
3309 it is neither used nor maintained.
3310
3311 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3312 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
3313 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
3314 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
3315 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
3316 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
3317 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
3318 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
3319 separated by colons.
3320
3321 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
3322 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
3323
3324 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
3325 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
3326
3327 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
3328 "ethtool advertise" commands.
3329
3330 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
3331 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
3332 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
3333 directly.
3334
3335 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
3336 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
3337 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
3338 ID.
3339
3340 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
3341 and generate various 128bit IDs.
3342
3343 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
3344 and LOGO=.
3345
3346 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
3347 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
3348 from any hibernated image.
3349
3350 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
3351 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
3352 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
3353 kernel exports them.
3354
3355 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
3356 /usr/bin/.
3357
3358 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
3359 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
3360 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
3361 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
3362 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
3363 now documented here:
3364
3365 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
3366
3367 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
3368 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
3369 installs during early boot.
3370
3371 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
3372 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
3373
3374 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
3375 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
3376
3377 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
3378 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
3379 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
3380
3381 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
3382 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
3383 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
3384 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
3385 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
3386 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
3387 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
3388 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
3389 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
3390 is on AC power.
3391
3392 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
3393 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
3394 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
3395 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
3396 see:
3397
3398 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
3399
3400 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
3401 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
3402 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
3403 and container environments.
3404
3405 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
3406 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
3407 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
3408 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
3409
3410 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
3411 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
3412 journald per-service.
3413
3414 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
3415 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
3416
3417 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
3418 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
3419 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
3420 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
3421
3422 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
3423 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
3424 groups.
3425
3426 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
3427 --ephemeral command line switch.
3428
3429 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
3430 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
3431 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
3432 object itself.
3433
3434 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
3435 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
3436 not unloaded).
3437
3438 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
3439 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
3440 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
3441
3442 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
3443 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
3444 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
3445 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
3446 "dead" state on success.
3447
3448 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
3449 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
3450 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
3451 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
3452 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
3453 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
3454 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
3455 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
3456 well-defined system service context.
3457
3458 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
3459 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
3460 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
3461 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
3462
3463 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
3464 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
3465 continue to be used.
3466
3467 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
3468 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
3469 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
3470 for example:
3471
3472 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
3473
3474 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
3475 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
3476 the command line's exit code.
3477
3478 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
3479
3480 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
3481
3482 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
3483 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
3484 support to systemctl and all other commands.
3485
3486 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
3487 name as argument.
3488
3489 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
3490 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
3491 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
3492 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
3493 is improved.
3494
3495 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
3496 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
3497 initialize one to all 0xFF.
3498
3499 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
3500 all files and directories listed in
3501 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
3502 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
3503 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
3504 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
3505 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
3506 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
3507 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
3508 the transition to the host OS.
3509
3510 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
3511 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
3512 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
3513 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
3514 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
3515 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
3516 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
3517 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
3518 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
3519 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
3520 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
3521 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
3522 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
3523 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
3524 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
3525 these are opened they don't work.
3526
3527 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
3528 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
3529 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
3530 logic works again.
3531
3532 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
3533 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
3534 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
3535 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
3536 ignore it.
3537
3538 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
3539 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
3540 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
3541 commands.
3542
3543 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
3544 pam_systemd anymore.
3545
3546 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
3547 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
3548 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
3549 policy took effect.
3550
3551 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
3552 python-3.5.
3553
3554 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
3555 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
3556 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
3557 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
3558 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
3559 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
3560 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
3561 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
3562 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
3563 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
3564 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
3565 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
3566 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
3567 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
3568 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
3569 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
3570 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3571 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
3572 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
3573 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
3574 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
3575 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
3576 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
3577 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
3578 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
3579 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
3580 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3581 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
3582 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
3583 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
3584 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
3585 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
3586 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
3587 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
3588 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
3589 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
3590 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
3591 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
3592 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
3593 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
3594 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
3595 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
3596 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
3597 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
3598 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
3599
3600 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
3601
3602 CHANGES WITH 239:
3603
3604 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
3605 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
3606 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
3607 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
3608 a slot number associated.
3609
3610 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
3611 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
3612 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
3613 independent.
3614
3615 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
3616 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
3617 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3618
3619 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
3620 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
3621 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
3622 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3623
3624 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
3625 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
3626 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
3627 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
3628 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
3629 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
3630 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
3631 e.g. NIS.
3632
3633 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
3634 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
3635 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
3636 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
3637 may be necessary to update the file.
3638
3639 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
3640 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
3641 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
3642 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
3643 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
3644 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
3645 documentation.
3646
3647 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
3648 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
3649 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
3650 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
3651 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
3652 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
3653 them.
3654
3655 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
3656 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
3657 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
3658 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
3659 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
3660
3661 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
3662 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
3663 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
3664 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
3665 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
3666 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
3667 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
3668 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
3669
3670 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
3671 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
3672 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
3673 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
3674 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
3675
3676 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
3677 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
3678 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
3679 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
3680 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
3681
3682 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
3683 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
3684 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
3685
3686 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
3687 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
3688 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
3689 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
3690 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
3691 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
3692 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
3693 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
3694 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
3695 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
3696 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
3697 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
3698 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
3699 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
3700 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
3701 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
3702 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
3703 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
3704 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
3705 from.
3706
3707 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
3708 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
3709 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
3710 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
3711
3712 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
3713 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
3714 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
3715 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
3716
3717 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
3718 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
3719 hibernates again.
3720
3721 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
3722 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
3723
3724 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
3725 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
3726 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
3727
3728 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
3729 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
3730 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
3731 was not configurable and set to 512.
3732
3733 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
3734 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
3735 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
3736 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
3737 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
3738 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
3739 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
3740 in particular su and sudo.
3741
3742 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
3743 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
3744 synchronization has been received from the network. This
3745 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
3746 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
3747 services.
3748
3749 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
3750 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
3751 files should work for hibernation now.
3752
3753 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
3754 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
3755 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
3756 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
3757 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
3758 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
3759 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
3760 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
3761 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
3762 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
3763 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
3764 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
3765 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
3766 name following the last dash.
3767
3768 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
3769 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
3770 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
3771 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
3772 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
3773
3774 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
3775 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
3776 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
3777 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
3778 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
3779 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
3780
3781 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
3782 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
3783 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
3784 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
3785
3786 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
3787 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
3788 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
3789 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
3790 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
3791
3792 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
3793 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
3794 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
3795 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
3796 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
3797 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
3798 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
3799 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
3800 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
3801 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
3802 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
3803 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
3804 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
3805
3806 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
3807 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
3808 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
3809 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
3810 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
3811 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
3812 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
3813 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
3814 settings.
3815
3816 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
3817 expiration feature, if it is available.
3818
3819 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
3820 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
3821 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
3822
3823 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
3824 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
3825
3826 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
3827
3828 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
3829 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
3830
3831 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
3832 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
3833 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
3834 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
3835 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
3836 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
3837 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
3838 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
3839 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
3840 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
3841 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
3842
3843 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
3844 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
3845 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
3846 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
3847
3848 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
3849 about its state.
3850
3851 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
3852 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
3853 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
3854 "timedatectl set-ntp".
3855
3856 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
3857 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
3858 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
3859 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
3860 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
3861 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
3862 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
3863 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
3864 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
3865 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
3866 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
3867
3868 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
3869 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
3870
3871 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
3872 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
3873 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
3874 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
3875 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
3876 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
3877
3878 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
3879 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
3880 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
3881 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
3882 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
3883 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
3884 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
3885
3886 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
3887 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
3888 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
3889 shown.)
3890
3891 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
3892 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
3893 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
3894 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
3895 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
3896 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
3897 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
3898 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
3899 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
3900
3901 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
3902 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
3903 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
3904
3905 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
3906 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
3907 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
3908 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
3909 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
3910 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
3911 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
3912 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
3913
3914 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
3915
3916 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
3917 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
3918 automatically when the system clock changed.)
3919
3920 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
3921 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
3922
3923 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
3924 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
3925 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
3926
3927 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
3928
3929 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
3930
3931 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
3932 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
3933
3934 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
3935 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
3936 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
3937 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
3938 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
3939 external user databases.
3940
3941 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
3942 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
3943 refused due to the enforced limits.
3944
3945 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
3946 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
3947 manages.
3948
3949 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
3950 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
3951 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
3952 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
3953 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
3954 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
3955 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
3956 where this is now used by default.
3957
3958 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
3959 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
3960
3961 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
3962 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
3963 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
3964 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
3965 update process in a generic way.
3966
3967 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
3968
3969 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
3970 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
3971 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
3972 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
3973 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
3974 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
3975 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
3976 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
3977 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
3978 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
3979 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
3980 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
3981 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
3982 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
3983 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
3984 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
3985 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
3986 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
3987 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
3988 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
3989 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
3990 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
3991 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
3992 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
3993 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
3994 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
3995 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
3996 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
3997 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3998
3999 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
4000
4001 CHANGES WITH 238:
4002
4003 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
4004 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
4005 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
4006 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
4007 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
4008 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
4009 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
4010 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
4011 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
4012 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
4013 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
4014 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
4015 to revert this change.
4016
4017 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
4018 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
4019 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
4020 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
4021 once at the end of the transaction.
4022
4023 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
4024 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
4025 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
4026 scripts.
4027
4028 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
4029 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
4030 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
4031 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
4032 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
4033 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
4034 still allowing local admin overrides.
4035
4036 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
4037 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
4038 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
4039
4040 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
4041 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
4042 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
4043 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
4044 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
4045
4046 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
4047 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
4048 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
4049 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
4050 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
4051 from package installation scripts.
4052
4053 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
4054 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
4055 without the user number ("u username -:456").
4056
4057 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
4058 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
4059
4060 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
4061 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
4062 /sbin/nologin for other users).
4063
4064 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
4065 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
4066 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
4067 --systemd, --user, or --global).
4068
4069 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
4070 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
4071 which are triggered meanwhile).
4072
4073 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
4074 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
4075 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
4076 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
4077 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
4078
4079 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
4080 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
4081 rotated very quickly.
4082
4083 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
4084 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
4085 pending bus messages.
4086
4087 * systemd gained a new
4088 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
4089 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
4090 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
4091 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
4092 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
4093 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
4094 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
4095 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
4096 session scope.
4097
4098 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
4099 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
4100 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
4101 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
4102 the tree to be accessed.
4103
4104 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
4105 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
4106 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
4107
4108 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
4109 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
4110 to keys in the main keyring.
4111
4112 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
4113
4114 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
4115 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
4116
4117 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
4118
4119 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
4120 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
4121 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
4122 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
4123 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
4124 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
4125 explicitly.
4126
4127 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
4128 the colour of "OK" status messages.
4129
4130 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
4131 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
4132 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
4133 be restarted.
4134
4135 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
4136 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
4137
4138 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
4139 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
4140 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
4141 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
4142 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
4143 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
4144 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
4145 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4146 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
4147 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
4148 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
4149 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
4150 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4151 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4152 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
4153 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
4154
4155 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
4156
4157 CHANGES WITH 237:
4158
4159 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
4160 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
4161 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
4162 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
4163
4164 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
4165 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
4166 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
4167 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
4168 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
4169 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
4170 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
4171 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
4172 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
4173 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
4174
4175 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
4176 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
4177 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
4178 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
4179 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
4180 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
4181 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
4182 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
4183 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
4184 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
4185
4186 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
4187 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
4188 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
4189 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
4190 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
4191 now provides explicit control.
4192
4193 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
4194 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
4195 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
4196 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
4197 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
4198 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
4199 unit types that already supported transient operation.
4200
4201 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
4202 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
4203 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
4204
4205 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
4206 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
4207
4208 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
4209 .network files all gained support for a new condition
4210 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
4211 versions.
4212
4213 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
4214 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
4215 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
4216 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
4217 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
4218 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
4219 understands RapidCommit=.
4220
4221 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
4222 Delegation.
4223
4224 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
4225 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
4226 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
4227 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
4228 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
4229 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
4230 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
4231 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
4232 --watch-bind= command line switch.
4233
4234 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
4235 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
4236 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
4237 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
4238 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
4239 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
4240 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
4241 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
4242 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
4243 "Disconnected" signals).
4244
4245 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
4246 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
4247 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
4248 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
4249 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
4250 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
4251 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
4252 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
4253 round-trips are removed.
4254
4255 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
4256 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
4257 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
4258 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
4259
4260 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
4261 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
4262 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
4263 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
4264 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
4265 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
4266
4267 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
4268 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
4269 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
4270 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
4271 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
4272 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
4273 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
4274 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
4275 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
4276 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
4277
4278 * sd-event gained a new call pair
4279 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
4280 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
4281 when the event source is destroyed.
4282
4283 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
4284 connections.
4285
4286 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
4287 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
4288 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
4289 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
4290 new transitional flag file has been added: if
4291 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
4292 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
4293
4294 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
4295 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
4296 manager.
4297
4298 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
4299 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
4300 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
4301 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
4302 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
4303
4304 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
4305 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
4306 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
4307 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
4308 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
4309 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
4310
4311 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
4312 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
4313 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
4314 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
4315 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
4316 level/target is given as an argument.
4317
4318 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
4319 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
4320 where UID and GID do not match.
4321
4322 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
4323 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
4324 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
4325 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
4326 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4327 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
4328 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
4329 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
4330 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
4331 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
4332 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
4333 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
4334 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4335 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
4336 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
4337 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
4338 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
4339 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
4340 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
4341 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
4342 Палаузов
4343
4344 — Brno, 2018-01-28
4345
4346 CHANGES WITH 236:
4347
4348 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
4349 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
4350 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
4351 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
4352
4353 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
4354 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
4355 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
4356 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
4357 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
4358 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
4359 valid specifiers today.)
4360
4361 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
4362 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
4363 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
4364 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
4365 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
4366 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
4367
4368 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
4369 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
4370 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
4371 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
4372
4373 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
4374 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
4375 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
4376 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
4377 services are resolved properly.
4378
4379 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
4380 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
4381 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
4382 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
4383 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
4384 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
4385 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
4386 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
4387 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
4388 and btrfs.
4389
4390 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
4391 DNS server and domain information.
4392
4393 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
4394 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
4395 runtime.
4396
4397 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
4398 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
4399 empty for the first time.
4400
4401 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
4402 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
4403 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
4404 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
4405 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
4406 running in the user session.
4407
4408 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
4409 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
4410 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
4411 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
4412 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
4413 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
4414 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
4415 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
4416 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
4417 user instance).
4418
4419 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
4420 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
4421
4422 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
4423 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
4424 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
4425 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
4426
4427 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
4428 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
4429
4430 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
4431 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
4432 sleep verbs.
4433
4434 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
4435
4436 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
4437 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
4438
4439 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
4440
4441 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
4442 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
4443 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
4444
4445 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
4446 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
4447 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
4448 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
4449 instance.
4450
4451 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
4452 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
4453 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
4454
4455 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
4456 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
4457 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
4458
4459 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
4460
4461 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
4462 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
4463 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
4464 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
4465 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
4466 processes.
4467
4468 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
4469 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
4470 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
4471 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
4472
4473 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
4474 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
4475 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
4476
4477 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
4478 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
4479 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
4480 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
4481 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
4482
4483 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
4484 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
4485
4486 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
4487 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
4488 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
4489 time the specified expression would elapse.
4490
4491 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
4492 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
4493 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
4494 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
4495 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
4496 types, not just services.
4497
4498 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
4499 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
4500 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
4501 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
4502
4503 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
4504 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
4505 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
4506 interface for this purpose.
4507
4508 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
4509 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
4510 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
4511 anyway.
4512
4513 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
4514 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
4515 requirements of systemd.
4516
4517 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
4518 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
4519 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
4520
4521 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
4522 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
4523 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
4524 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
4525
4526 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
4527 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
4528 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
4529 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
4530
4531 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
4532 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
4533
4534 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
4535 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
4536 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
4537 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
4538 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
4539 managing software supports (such as pppd).
4540
4541 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
4542 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
4543 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
4544
4545 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
4546 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
4547 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
4548 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
4549 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
4550 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
4551 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
4552 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
4553 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
4554 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
4555 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
4556 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
4557 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
4558 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
4559 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
4560 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
4561 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
4562 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4563 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
4564 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
4565 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
4566 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4567 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4568
4569 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
4570
4571 CHANGES WITH 235:
4572
4573 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
4574 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
4575 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
4576 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
4577 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
4578 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
4579 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
4580 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
4581 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
4582 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
4583 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
4584 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
4585 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
4586 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
4587 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
4588 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
4589 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
4590 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
4591 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
4592 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
4593 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
4594 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
4595 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
4596 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
4597 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
4598 IPAddressDeny= see below.
4599
4600 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
4601 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
4602 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
4603 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
4604 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
4605 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
4606 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
4607 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
4608
4609 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
4610 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
4611 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
4612 used to change those values.
4613
4614 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
4615 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
4616 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
4617 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
4618 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
4619 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
4620
4621 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
4622 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
4623 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
4624 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
4625
4626 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
4627 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
4628 one top-level directory.
4629
4630 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
4631 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
4632 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
4633 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
4634 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
4635 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
4636 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
4637 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
4638 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
4639 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
4640 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
4641 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
4642 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
4643 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
4644 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
4645
4646 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
4647 Meson-only.
4648
4649 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
4650 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
4651 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
4652 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
4653 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
4654 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
4655 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
4656 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
4657 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
4658 acceptable to us.
4659
4660 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
4661 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
4662 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
4663 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
4664 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
4665 requested at build time.
4666
4667 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
4668 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
4669 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
4670 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
4671 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
4672 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
4673 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
4674 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
4675 Type= setting which permits configuring
4676 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
4677
4678 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
4679 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
4680 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
4681 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
4682 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
4683 local frames between bridge ports.
4684
4685 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
4686 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
4687 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
4688
4689 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
4690 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
4691
4692 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
4693 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
4694 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
4695 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
4696
4697 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
4698 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
4699 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
4700 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
4701 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
4702 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
4703 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
4704 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
4705
4706 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
4707 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
4708 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
4709 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
4710 command.)
4711
4712 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
4713 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
4714 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
4715
4716 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
4717 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
4718 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
4719 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
4720
4721 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
4722 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
4723 configured, except for the credentials applied by
4724 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
4725 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
4726 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
4727 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
4728 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
4729 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
4730 on systems where this is not supported.
4731
4732 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
4733 sockets.
4734
4735 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
4736 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
4737 during runtime.
4738
4739 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
4740 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
4741 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
4742
4743 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
4744 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
4745 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
4746
4747 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
4748 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
4749 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
4750 Following this logic, two new special targets
4751 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
4752 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
4753 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
4754
4755 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
4756 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
4757 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
4758 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
4759
4760 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
4761 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
4762 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
4763 --wait".
4764
4765 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
4766 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
4767 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
4768 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
4769 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
4770 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
4771 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
4772 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
4773 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
4774
4775 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
4776 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
4777 containing information about the consumed resources of this
4778 invocation.
4779
4780 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
4781 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
4782 processes.
4783
4784 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
4785 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
4786 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
4787 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
4788 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
4789 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
4790 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
4791 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
4792 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
4793 systems for all five operations.
4794
4795 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
4796 the system.
4797
4798 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
4799 than UTC or the local timezone.
4800
4801 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
4802 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
4803 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
4804 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
4805 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
4806 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
4807 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
4808 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
4809
4810 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
4811 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
4812 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
4813 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
4814 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
4815 again.
4816
4817 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
4818 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
4819 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
4820
4821 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
4822 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
4823 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
4824 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
4825 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
4826 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
4827 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4828 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
4829 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
4830 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
4831 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
4832 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
4833 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
4834 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
4835 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
4836 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
4837 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
4838 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
4839 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
4840 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4841
4842 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
4843
4844 CHANGES WITH 234:
4845
4846 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
4847 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
4848 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
4849 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
4850 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
4851 summary:
4852
4853 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
4854
4855 becomes:
4856
4857 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
4858
4859 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
4860 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
4861 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
4862 .device units.
4863
4864 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
4865 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
4866 running a systemd user instance.
4867
4868 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
4869 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
4870 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
4871 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
4872 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
4873 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
4874
4875 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4876
4877 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
4878 (domain search list).
4879
4880 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
4881 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4882 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
4883 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
4884 implementation of RA.
4885
4886 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
4887 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
4888 ISO date values.
4889
4890 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
4891 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
4892 devices.
4893
4894 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
4895 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
4896 option.
4897
4898 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
4899 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
4900 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
4901 default yet.
4902
4903 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
4904 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
4905 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
4906 SHA256SUMS files.
4907
4908 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
4909 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
4910
4911 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
4912
4913 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
4914
4915 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
4916 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
4917
4918 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
4919 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
4920 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
4921 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
4922
4923 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
4924 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
4925 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
4926 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
4927 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
4928 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
4929 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
4930 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
4931 systemd-logind to be safe. See
4932 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
4933
4934 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
4935 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
4936 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
4937 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
4938 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
4939 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
4940 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
4941 after all the plugins exit.
4942
4943 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
4944 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
4945 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
4946 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
4947 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
4948 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
4949 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
4950 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4951 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
4952 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
4953 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
4954 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
4955 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
4956 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
4957 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
4958 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4959 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
4960 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
4961 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
4962 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
4963 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
4964 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
4965 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
4966 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
4967 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4968 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
4969 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4970 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
4971 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
4972 Георгиевски
4973
4974 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4975
4976 CHANGES WITH 233:
4977
4978 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
4979 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
4980 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
4981 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
4982 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
4983 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
4984 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
4985 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
4986 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
4987
4988 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
4989 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
4990 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
4991 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
4992 default selected on the configure command line
4993 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
4994 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
4995 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
4996 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
4997 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
4998 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
4999 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
5000 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
5001 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
5002 greatest stability and compatibility only.
5003
5004 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
5005 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
5006 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
5007 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
5008 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
5009 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
5010 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
5011 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
5012 further details about this.)
5013
5014 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
5015 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
5016 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
5017
5018 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
5019 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
5020
5021 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
5022 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
5023 with 'make install-tests'.
5024
5025 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
5026 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
5027 kernel.
5028
5029 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
5030 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
5031 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
5032 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
5033 by the Slice= option.
5034
5035 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
5036 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
5037 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
5038 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
5039
5040 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
5041 following choices:
5042
5043 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
5044 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
5045 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
5046 (h)elp
5047 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
5048 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
5049 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
5050 (y)es, execute the command
5051
5052 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
5053 because its meaning was confusing.
5054
5055 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
5056 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
5057
5058 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
5059 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
5060 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
5061
5062 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
5063 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
5064 state directly, without executing these commands.
5065
5066 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
5067 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
5068 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
5069
5070 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
5071 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
5072 combination with After=) have been started.
5073
5074 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
5075 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
5076 setting, and which system calls they contain.
5077
5078 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
5079 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
5080 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
5081 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
5082 configuration related calls.
5083
5084 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
5085 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
5086 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
5087 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
5088 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
5089 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
5090 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
5091
5092 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
5093 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
5094
5095 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
5096 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
5097 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
5098
5099 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
5100 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
5101
5102 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
5103 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
5104 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
5105 for compatibility.
5106
5107 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
5108 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
5109
5110 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
5111 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
5112
5113 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
5114 support for negative matching.
5115
5116 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
5117
5118 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
5119 permitted runtime of the mount command.
5120
5121 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
5122 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
5123 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
5124 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
5125 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
5126 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
5127 removed from the drive.
5128
5129 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
5130 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
5131
5132 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
5133 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
5134
5135 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
5136 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
5137 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
5138
5139 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
5140 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
5141 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
5142 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
5143 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
5144 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
5145 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
5146
5147 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
5148 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
5149 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
5150 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
5151 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
5152 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
5153
5154 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
5155 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
5156
5157 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
5158 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
5159 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
5160 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
5161 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
5162 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
5163 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
5164 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
5165
5166 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
5167 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
5168 including all control processes.
5169
5170 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
5171 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
5172 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
5173
5174 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5175 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
5176 prefixing the source path with "+".
5177
5178 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5179 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
5180 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
5181 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
5182 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
5183 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
5184 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
5185 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
5186
5187 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
5188 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
5189 before).
5190
5191 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
5192 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
5193 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
5194 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
5195 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
5196 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
5197 the new --root-hash= command line option).
5198
5199 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
5200 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
5201 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
5202 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
5203 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
5204 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
5205 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
5206 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
5207 versions.
5208
5209 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
5210 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
5211 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
5212 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
5213 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
5214 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
5215 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
5216 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
5217 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
5218 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
5219 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
5220 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
5221 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
5222 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
5223 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
5224 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
5225 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
5226 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
5227 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
5228 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
5229 a Verity-enabled root partition.
5230
5231 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
5232 accelerometer quirks.
5233
5234 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
5235 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
5236 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
5237 ID of each service.
5238
5239 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
5240 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
5241 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
5242 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
5243 view.
5244
5245 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
5246 environment variables:
5247
5248 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
5249
5250 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
5251 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
5252 address.
5253
5254 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
5255 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
5256 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
5257
5258 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
5259 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
5260 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
5261 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
5262 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
5263 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
5264 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
5265 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
5266 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
5267 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
5268 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
5269 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
5270 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
5271
5272 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
5273 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
5274 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
5275
5276 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
5277 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
5278
5279 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
5280 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
5281 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
5282 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
5283 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
5284
5285 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
5286 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
5287 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
5288
5289 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
5290 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
5291
5292 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
5293 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
5294 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
5295 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
5296
5297 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
5298 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
5299 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
5300 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
5301 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
5302 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
5303 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
5304 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
5305 possibly even including full integrity data.
5306
5307 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
5308 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
5309 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
5310 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
5311 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
5312
5313 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
5314 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
5315 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
5316 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
5317 directly with systemd-nspawn.
5318
5319 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
5320 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
5321 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
5322 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
5323
5324 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
5325 of coredumps in reverse order.
5326
5327 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
5328 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
5329 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
5330 additional informational message in its output.
5331
5332 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
5333 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
5334 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
5335
5336 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
5337 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
5338 scripting languages such as Python.
5339
5340 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
5341 namespacing is enabled for them.
5342
5343 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
5344 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
5345 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
5346 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
5347 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
5348 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
5349
5350 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
5351 root key (KSK).
5352
5353 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
5354 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
5355 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
5356
5357 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
5358 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
5359 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
5360 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
5361 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
5362 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
5363 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
5364 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
5365 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
5366 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
5367 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
5368 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
5369 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
5370 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
5371 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
5372 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
5373 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
5374 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
5375 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
5376 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
5377 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
5378 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
5379 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
5380 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
5381 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
5382 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
5383 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
5384 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
5385 Тихонов
5386
5387 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
5388
5389 CHANGES WITH 232:
5390
5391 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
5392 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
5393 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
5394 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
5395 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
5396 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
5397
5398 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
5399 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
5400
5401 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
5402 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
5403 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
5404
5405 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
5406 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
5407 to be remounted read-only for a service.
5408
5409 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
5410 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
5411 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
5412 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
5413
5414 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
5415 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
5416
5417 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
5418 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
5419 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
5420
5421 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
5422 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
5423 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
5424 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
5425 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
5426 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
5427 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
5428 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
5429 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
5430 permanent modifications to the system.
5431
5432 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
5433 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
5434 container or chroot environments.
5435
5436 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
5437 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
5438 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
5439 mapped to nobody.
5440
5441 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
5442 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
5443 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
5444 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
5445
5446 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
5447 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
5448
5449 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
5450 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
5451 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
5452 and the support is provisional.
5453
5454 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
5455 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
5456 unit files in the file system).
5457
5458 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
5459 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
5460 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
5461 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
5462 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
5463 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
5464 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
5465 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
5466 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
5467 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
5468 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
5469 state is fixed automatically.
5470
5471 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
5472 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
5473 option.
5474
5475 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
5476 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
5477 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
5478 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
5479 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
5480 else.
5481
5482 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
5483 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
5484 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
5485 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
5486 bootable on physical systems.
5487
5488 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
5489
5490 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
5491 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
5492 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
5493 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
5494 used.
5495
5496 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
5497 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
5498 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
5499 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
5500
5501 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
5502
5503 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
5504 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
5505 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
5506 of the container).
5507
5508 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
5509 files from the specified location.
5510
5511 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
5512 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
5513 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
5514 be active.
5515
5516 * The hardware database has been extended to support
5517 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
5518 trackball devices.
5519
5520 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
5521 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
5522 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
5523
5524 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
5525 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
5526 specified service binary exited.)
5527
5528 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
5529 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
5530
5531 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
5532 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
5533 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
5534 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
5535 --since= and --until= options.
5536
5537 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
5538 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
5539 are automatically propagated to the container.
5540
5541 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
5542 from a single IP address can be limited with
5543 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
5544 MaxConnections=.
5545
5546 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
5547 configuration.
5548
5549 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
5550 drop-ins.
5551
5552 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
5553 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
5554 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
5555 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
5556 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
5557 [Link] section of .link files.
5558
5559 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
5560 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
5561 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
5562 section of .netdev files.
5563
5564 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
5565 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
5566 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
5567
5568 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
5569 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
5570 .network files.
5571
5572 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
5573 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
5574 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
5575 service runtime cycle.
5576
5577 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
5578 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
5579 has been traditionally doing.
5580
5581 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
5582 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
5583 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
5584 prevent any later plugins from running.
5585
5586 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
5587 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
5588 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
5589 default of SplitMode=uid.
5590
5591 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
5592 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
5593 useful.
5594
5595 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
5596 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
5597 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
5598 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
5599 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
5600 individual namespaces.
5601
5602 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
5603 the output, as well as OS release information.
5604
5605 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
5606
5607 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
5608 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
5609 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
5610 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
5611 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
5612
5613 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
5614 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
5615 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
5616 severed.
5617
5618 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
5619 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
5620 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
5621 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
5622 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
5623 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
5624 information about exit statuses and results.
5625
5626 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
5627 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
5628 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
5629 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
5630 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
5631 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
5632
5633 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
5634
5635 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
5636 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
5637 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
5638 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
5639 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
5640 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
5641 entirely.
5642
5643 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
5644 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
5645 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
5646
5647 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
5648 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
5649 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
5650 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
5651 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
5652 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
5653 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
5654 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
5655 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
5656 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
5657 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
5658 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
5659 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
5660 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
5661 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
5662 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
5663 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
5664
5665 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
5666 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
5667 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
5668 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
5669
5670 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
5671 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
5672 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
5673 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
5674
5675 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
5676 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
5677 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
5678 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
5679 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
5680 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
5681 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
5682 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
5683 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
5684 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
5685 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
5686 fragment entirely.)
5687
5688 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
5689 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
5690 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
5691
5692 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
5693 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
5694 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
5695 FileDescriptorName= setting.
5696
5697 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
5698 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
5699 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
5700 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
5701 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
5702 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
5703
5704 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
5705 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
5706
5707 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
5708 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
5709
5710 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
5711 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
5712 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
5713 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
5714 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
5715
5716 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
5717 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
5718 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
5719 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5720 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
5721 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
5722 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
5723 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
5724 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
5725 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
5726 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
5727 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
5728 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
5729 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
5730 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5731 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
5732 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
5733 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
5734 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
5735 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
5736 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
5737 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
5738 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
5739 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
5740 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5741 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5742
5743 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
5744
5745 CHANGES WITH 231:
5746
5747 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
5748 with an additional special character as first argument of the
5749 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
5750 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
5751 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
5752 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
5753 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
5754 independently.
5755
5756 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
5757 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
5758
5759 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
5760 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
5761 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
5762 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
5763 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
5764 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
5765 values.
5766
5767 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
5768 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
5769 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
5770 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
5771 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
5772
5773 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
5774 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
5775 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
5776 7:10am every day.
5777
5778 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
5779 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
5780 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
5781 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
5782 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
5783 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
5784 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
5785 available for compatibility.
5786
5787 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
5788 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
5789 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
5790 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
5791 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
5792 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
5793
5794 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
5795 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
5796 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
5797 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
5798 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
5799 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
5800 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
5801 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
5802 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
5803
5804 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
5805 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
5806 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
5807 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5808 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
5809 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
5810 desired options.
5811
5812 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
5813 cgroup v2.
5814
5815 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
5816 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
5817 limited to subgroups of that group.
5818
5819 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
5820 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
5821 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
5822 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
5823 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
5824 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
5825 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
5826 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
5827
5828 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
5829 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
5830 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
5831 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
5832 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
5833 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
5834 own long-running services.
5835
5836 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
5837 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
5838 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
5839 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
5840
5841 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
5842 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
5843 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
5844 propagates this notification further to the service manager
5845 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
5846 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
5847 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
5848 primitives.
5849
5850 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
5851 "terminate".
5852
5853 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
5854 link-local IPv6 addresses.
5855
5856 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
5857 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
5858 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
5859 --flush-caches".
5860
5861 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
5862 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
5863 is shown.
5864
5865 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
5866 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
5867 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
5868 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
5869 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
5870 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
5871
5872 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
5873 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
5874 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
5875 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
5876 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
5877 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
5878 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
5879 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
5880 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
5881 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
5882 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
5883 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
5884 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
5885 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
5886 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
5887 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
5888 bus API instead.
5889
5890 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
5891 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
5892 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
5893 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
5894
5895 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
5896 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
5897 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
5898 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
5899
5900 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
5901 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
5902 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
5903
5904 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
5905 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
5906
5907 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
5908 interface configuration.
5909
5910 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
5911 specifying the --force switch.
5912
5913 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
5914 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
5915 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
5916
5917 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
5918 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
5919 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
5920 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
5921 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
5922 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
5923 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
5924 to be handled.
5925
5926 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
5927 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
5928
5929 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
5930 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
5931
5932 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
5933 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
5934 of persistent symlinks for that device.
5935
5936 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
5937 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
5938
5939 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
5940 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
5941 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
5942 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
5943 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
5944 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
5945 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
5946 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
5947 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
5948 library.
5949
5950 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
5951 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
5952 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
5953 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
5954 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
5955 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
5956 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
5957 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
5958 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
5959 doc/HACKING for details.
5960
5961 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
5962 distribution's bugtracker.
5963
5964 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
5965 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
5966 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
5967 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
5968 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
5969 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
5970 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
5971 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
5972 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
5973 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
5974 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
5975 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
5976 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
5977 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
5978 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
5979 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
5980 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
5981 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
5982 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5983
5984 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5985
5986 CHANGES WITH 230:
5987
5988 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
5989 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
5990 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
5991 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
5992 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
5993 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
5994 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
5995 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
5996 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
5997 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
5998 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
5999 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
6000 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
6001 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
6002 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
6003 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
6004 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
6005 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
6006 applications.)
6007
6008 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
6009 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
6010 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
6011
6012 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
6013 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
6014 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
6015 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
6016 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
6017 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
6018 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
6019
6020 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
6021 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
6022 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
6023 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
6024 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
6025 command works for tmux.
6026
6027 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
6028 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
6029 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
6030 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
6031 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
6032 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
6033
6034 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
6035 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
6036
6037 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
6038 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
6039 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
6040
6041 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
6042
6043 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
6044 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
6045 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
6046 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
6047 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
6048
6049 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
6050 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
6051 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
6052 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
6053
6054 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
6055 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
6056 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
6057 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
6058 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
6059 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
6060
6061 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
6062 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
6063 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
6064
6065 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
6066 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
6067 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
6068 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
6069 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
6070 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
6071
6072 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
6073 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
6074 address.
6075
6076 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
6077 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
6078 should be emitted.
6079
6080 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
6081 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
6082 supported.
6083
6084 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
6085 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
6086 logging performance.
6087
6088 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6089 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
6090 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
6091 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
6092 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
6093 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
6094
6095 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
6096 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
6097 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
6098 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
6099
6100 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
6101 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
6102
6103 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
6104 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
6105 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
6106
6107 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
6108
6109 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
6110 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
6111 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
6112 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
6113
6114 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
6115 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
6116 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
6117 refuse to operate on such files.
6118
6119 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
6120 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
6121 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
6122
6123 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
6124 just hidden container images.
6125
6126 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
6127 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
6128
6129 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
6130 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
6131 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
6132 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
6133 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
6134 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
6135 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
6136 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
6137 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
6138 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
6139 been changed to use this functionality by default.
6140
6141 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
6142 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
6143 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
6144 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
6145 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
6146 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
6147 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
6148 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
6149 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
6150 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
6151 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
6152 terminates.
6153
6154 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
6155 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
6156 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
6157 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
6158
6159 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
6160 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
6161 rate of the socket unit.
6162
6163 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
6164 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
6165 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
6166 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
6167 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
6168
6169 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
6170 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
6171 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
6172 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
6173 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
6174 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
6175 with this.
6176
6177 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
6178 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
6179
6180 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
6181 merged into the kernel in its current form.
6182
6183 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
6184 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
6185 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
6186 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
6187 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
6188
6189 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
6190 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
6191 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
6192
6193 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
6194 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
6195 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
6196 target is now included in early userspace.
6197
6198 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
6199 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
6200 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
6201 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
6202 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
6203 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
6204 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
6205 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
6206 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
6207 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
6208 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
6209 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
6210 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
6211 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
6212 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
6213 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
6214 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
6215 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
6216 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
6217 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6218 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
6219 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
6220 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
6221 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
6222 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6223 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6224
6225 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
6226
6227 CHANGES WITH 229:
6228
6229 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
6230 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
6231 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
6232 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
6233 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
6234 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
6235 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
6236 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
6237 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
6238 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
6239 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
6240 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
6241 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
6242
6243 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
6244 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
6245 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
6246 /usr/bin.
6247
6248 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
6249 devices.
6250
6251 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
6252 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
6253 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
6254 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
6255 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
6256 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
6257 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
6258 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
6259 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
6260 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
6261 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
6262 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
6263 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
6264 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
6265 this limit.
6266
6267 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
6268 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
6269 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
6270 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
6271 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
6272 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
6273 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
6274 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
6275
6276 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
6277 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
6278 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
6279 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
6280 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
6281 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
6282 and group at package installation time.
6283
6284 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
6285 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
6286 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
6287 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
6288 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
6289
6290 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
6291 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
6292 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
6293 supports it.
6294
6295 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
6296 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
6297
6298 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
6299 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
6300 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
6301 file is already initialized.
6302
6303 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
6304 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
6305 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
6306 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
6307 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
6308 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
6309 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
6310 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
6311 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
6312
6313 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
6314 working directory for the process started in the container.
6315
6316 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
6317 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
6318 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
6319 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
6320 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
6321
6322 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6323 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
6324 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
6325
6326 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
6327 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
6328 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
6329 sd_journal_restart_fields().
6330
6331 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
6332 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
6333 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
6334 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
6335 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
6336
6337 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
6338 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
6339 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
6340 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
6341
6342 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
6343 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
6344 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
6345 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
6346 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
6347 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
6348 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
6349 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
6350 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
6351 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
6352 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
6353 by PID 1.
6354
6355 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
6356 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
6357 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
6358 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
6359 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
6360 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
6361 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
6362 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
6363
6364 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
6365
6366 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
6367 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
6368 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
6369
6370 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
6371 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
6372 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
6373 recent kernels.
6374
6375 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
6376 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
6377
6378 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
6379 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
6380 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
6381 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
6382 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
6383 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
6384 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
6385 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
6386 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
6387 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
6388 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
6389 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
6390 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
6391
6392 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
6393 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
6394 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
6395 clusters or larger setups.
6396
6397 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
6398
6399 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
6400 sockets.
6401
6402 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
6403
6404 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
6405 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
6406 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
6407 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
6408 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
6409 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
6410
6411 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
6412 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
6413 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
6414
6415 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
6416 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
6417 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
6418 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
6419
6420 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
6421
6422 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
6423 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
6424 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
6425 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
6426 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
6427 maintain compatibility.
6428
6429 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
6430 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
6431 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
6432 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
6433 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
6434 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
6435 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
6436 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
6437 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
6438 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
6439 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
6440 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6441 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
6442 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
6443 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
6444 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
6445 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6446 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
6447 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6448
6449 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
6450
6451 CHANGES WITH 228:
6452
6453 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
6454 files are now also available as properties to set when
6455 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
6456 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
6457 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
6458 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
6459 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6460 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
6461 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
6462
6463 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
6464 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
6465 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
6466
6467 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
6468 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
6469 created transiently.
6470
6471 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
6472 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
6473 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
6474 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
6475 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
6476 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
6477 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
6478 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
6479
6480 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
6481 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
6482 disk and sync the files, before returning.
6483
6484 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
6485 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
6486 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
6487 enabled.
6488
6489 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
6490 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
6491 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
6492 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
6493 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
6494 subvolumes.
6495
6496 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
6497 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
6498
6499 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
6500 individual indexes.
6501
6502 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
6503 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
6504 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
6505 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
6506 now.
6507
6508 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
6509 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
6510 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
6511 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
6512 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
6513 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
6514 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
6515 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
6516 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
6517 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
6518 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
6519 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
6520 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
6521 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
6522 number of processes or tasks each user may own
6523 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
6524 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
6525 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
6526 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
6527 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
6528 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
6529
6530 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
6531 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
6532 links between the host and the container.
6533
6534 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
6535 added that allows importing select environment variables
6536 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
6537 the service.
6538
6539 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
6540 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
6541 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
6542 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
6543 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
6544 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
6545 than until they first elapse.
6546
6547 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
6548 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
6549 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
6550 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
6551 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
6552 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
6553 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
6554 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
6555
6556 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
6557 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
6558 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
6559 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
6560 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
6561 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
6562 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
6563 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
6564 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
6565 journal and in coredump handling.
6566
6567 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
6568 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
6569 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
6570 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
6571 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
6572 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
6573 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
6574 software you package still references it, as this is a
6575 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
6576 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
6577
6578 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
6579
6580 Note that only util-linux versions built with
6581 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
6582
6583 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
6584 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
6585 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
6586
6587 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
6588 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
6589 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
6590 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
6591 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
6592 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
6593 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
6594 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
6595 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
6596 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
6597 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
6598 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
6599 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
6600 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
6601 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
6602 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
6603
6604 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
6605 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
6606 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
6607 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
6608 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
6609 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
6610 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
6611 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
6612 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
6613 surprises.
6614
6615 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
6616 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
6617 to the various user database fields of the user that the
6618 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
6619 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
6620 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
6621 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
6622 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
6623 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
6624 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
6625 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
6626 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
6627 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
6628 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
6629 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
6630 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
6631 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
6632 of PID 1 is the root user).
6633
6634 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
6635 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
6636 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6637 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
6638 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6639 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
6640 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6641 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
6642 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6643 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
6644 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
6645 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
6646 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6647 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
6648 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6649
6650 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
6651
6652 CHANGES WITH 227:
6653
6654 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
6655 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
6656 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
6657
6658 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
6659 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
6660 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
6661 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
6662 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
6663 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
6664
6665 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
6666 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
6667 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
6668 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6669 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
6670
6671 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
6672 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
6673 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
6674 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
6675 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
6676 packets on unestablished sockets.
6677
6678 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6679 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
6680 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
6681 automatically.
6682
6683 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
6684 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
6685 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
6686
6687 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
6688 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
6689 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
6690 for disk IO.
6691
6692 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
6693 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
6694 removed.
6695
6696 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
6697 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
6698 directory is set to the home directory of the user
6699 configured in User=.
6700
6701 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
6702 directory of the selected user by default.
6703
6704 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
6705 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
6706 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
6707 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
6708 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
6709 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
6710 compat reasons.
6711
6712 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
6713 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
6714 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
6715 units.
6716
6717 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
6718 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
6719 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
6720 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
6721 level.
6722
6723 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
6724 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
6725 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
6726 namespaces work correctly.
6727
6728 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
6729 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
6730 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
6731 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
6732 activation.
6733
6734 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
6735 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
6736 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
6737 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
6738 system instance in a container.
6739
6740 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
6741 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
6742 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
6743 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
6744 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
6745 connections.
6746
6747 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
6748 show the control groups within a certain container only.
6749
6750 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
6751 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
6752 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
6753 processes attached, or similar.
6754
6755 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
6756 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
6757 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
6758
6759 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
6760 specifiers like %i or %f.
6761
6762 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
6763 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
6764 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
6765 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
6766
6767 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
6768 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
6769 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
6770 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
6771 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
6772 descriptors using sd_notify().
6773
6774 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
6775
6776 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
6777 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
6778
6779 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
6780 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
6781
6782 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
6783 .network files.
6784
6785 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
6786 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
6787 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
6788 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
6789 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
6790 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
6791 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
6792 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
6793 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
6794 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
6795 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
6796 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
6797 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
6798 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
6799 gdm-autologin is used.
6800
6801 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
6802 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
6803 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
6804 next to the image file.
6805
6806 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
6807 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
6808 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
6809 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
6810
6811 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
6812 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
6813 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
6814 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
6815 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
6816 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
6817
6818 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
6819 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
6820 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
6821 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6822 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
6823 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
6824 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
6825 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
6826 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
6827 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
6828 number of files in place.
6829
6830 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
6831 on kernels where that is supported.
6832
6833 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
6834
6835 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
6836 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
6837 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
6838 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6839 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
6840 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
6841 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
6842 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
6843 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
6844 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
6845 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6846 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6847 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
6848 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
6849 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
6850 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6851 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
6852 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
6853
6854 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
6855
6856 CHANGES WITH 226:
6857
6858 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
6859 new features:
6860
6861 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
6862 information. It may be enabled and configured via
6863 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
6864 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
6865 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
6866 is any) is propagated.
6867
6868 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
6869 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
6870 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
6871 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
6872 information is enabled between host and containers by
6873 default now: the container will change its local timezone
6874 to what the host has set.
6875
6876 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
6877 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
6878
6879 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
6880 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
6881 information back, even if the server loses state.
6882
6883 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
6884 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
6885 PoolSize=.
6886
6887 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
6888 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
6889 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
6890 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
6891
6892 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
6893 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
6894 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
6895 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
6896 'dbus-daemon' systems.
6897
6898 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
6899 for virtio devices.
6900
6901 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
6902 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
6903 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
6904 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
6905 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
6906 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
6907 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
6908 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
6909 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
6910 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
6911 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
6912 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
6913 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
6914 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
6915 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
6916 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
6917 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
6918 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
6919 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
6920 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
6921 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
6922 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
6923 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
6924 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
6925 grants them.
6926
6927 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
6928 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
6929 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
6930 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
6931 group tree.
6932
6933 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
6934 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
6935 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
6936 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
6937 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
6938 work correctly in containers now.
6939
6940 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
6941 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
6942
6943 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
6944 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
6945 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
6946 function call is particularly useful when implementing
6947 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
6948
6949 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
6950 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
6951 signal events.
6952
6953 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
6954 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
6955 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
6956 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
6957
6958 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
6959 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
6960 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
6961 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
6962 nspawn command line.
6963
6964 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
6965 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
6966 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6967 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
6968 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
6969 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
6970 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6971 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
6972
6973 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
6974
6975 CHANGES WITH 225:
6976
6977 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
6978 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
6979 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
6980 shell directly without prompting for username or
6981 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
6982 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
6983 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
6984 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
6985 the originating session.
6986
6987 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
6988 options and allows other programs to query the values.
6989
6990 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
6991 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
6992 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
6993 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
6994 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
6995 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
6996 probably not stabilize on this release.
6997
6998 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
6999 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
7000 messages.
7001
7002 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
7003 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
7004 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
7005
7006 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
7007 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
7008
7009 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
7010 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
7011 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
7012 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
7013 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
7014 posteriori.
7015
7016 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
7017 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
7018
7019 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
7020 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
7021 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
7022 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
7023 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
7024 "lastlog" tools.
7025
7026 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
7027 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
7028 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
7029 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
7030 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
7031
7032 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
7033 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
7034 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
7035 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7036 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
7037 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
7038 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
7039 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
7040 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
7041 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
7042 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
7043 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7044
7045 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
7046
7047 CHANGES WITH 224:
7048
7049 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
7050 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
7051
7052 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
7053 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
7054 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
7055
7056 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
7057 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7058 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
7059
7060 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
7061
7062 CHANGES WITH 223:
7063
7064 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
7065 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
7066 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
7067 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7068
7069 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
7070 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
7071
7072 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
7073 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
7074
7075 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
7076
7077 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
7078 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
7079 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
7080
7081 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
7082 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
7083 decapsulated packet.
7084
7085 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
7086 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
7087 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
7088 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
7089 netlink attribute.
7090
7091 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
7092 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
7093 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
7094 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
7095
7096 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
7097 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
7098 according to RFC2460.
7099
7100 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
7101 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
7102
7103 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
7104 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
7105 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
7106
7107 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
7108 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
7109 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
7110 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
7111 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
7112 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
7113
7114 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
7115 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7116 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
7117 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7118 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7119 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
7120 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
7121 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
7122 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
7123 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7124
7125 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
7126
7127 CHANGES WITH 222:
7128
7129 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
7130 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
7131 or should be used to work around such bugs.
7132
7133 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
7134 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
7135
7136 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
7137 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
7138 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
7139 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
7140 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
7141
7142 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
7143 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
7144 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
7145
7146 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
7147 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
7148 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
7149 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
7150 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
7151
7152 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7153
7154 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
7155 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
7156 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
7157 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
7158 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
7159 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7160 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
7161 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
7162 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7163 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7164
7165 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
7166
7167 CHANGES WITH 221:
7168
7169 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
7170 stable and have been added to the official interface of
7171 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
7172 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
7173 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
7174 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
7175 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
7176 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
7177 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
7178 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
7179 portable to other kernels.
7180
7181 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
7182 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
7183 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
7184 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
7185 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
7186 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
7187 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
7188 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
7189 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
7190 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
7191 systemd enabled.
7192
7193 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
7194 2.26.
7195
7196 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
7197 favor of calling an abstraction tool
7198 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
7199 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
7200 in README for details.
7201
7202 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
7203 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
7204 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
7205 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
7206 unit.
7207
7208 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
7209 into man pages.
7210
7211 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
7212 external project.
7213
7214 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
7215 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
7216
7217 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
7218 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
7219 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
7220 state.
7221
7222 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
7223 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
7224 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
7225
7226 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
7227 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
7228 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
7229 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
7230 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
7231 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
7232 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
7233 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
7234 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
7235 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7236 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
7237 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
7238 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
7239 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7240 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
7241 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7242
7243 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
7244
7245 CHANGES WITH 220:
7246
7247 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
7248 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
7249 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
7250 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
7251 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
7252 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
7253 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
7254 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
7255
7256 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
7257 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
7258 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
7259 service consumed). This value is only available if
7260 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
7261 in the "systemctl status" output.
7262
7263 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
7264 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
7265 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
7266 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
7267 previously was already the default behaviour).
7268
7269 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
7270 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
7271 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
7272
7273 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
7274 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
7275 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
7276 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
7277
7278 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
7279 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
7280 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
7281 journaling file systems that support external journal
7282 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
7283 systems to be mounted.
7284
7285 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
7286 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
7287 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
7288 stable release this should not be problematic.
7289
7290 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
7291 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
7292 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
7293 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
7294 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
7295
7296 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
7297 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
7298 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
7299 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
7300 network switches.
7301
7302 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
7303 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
7304
7305 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
7306 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
7307 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
7308
7309 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
7310
7311 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
7312 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
7313 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
7314 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
7315 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
7316 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
7317 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
7318 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
7319 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
7320 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
7321 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
7322 been fixed in v220.
7323
7324 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
7325 systemd-networkd.
7326
7327 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
7328 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
7329 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
7330 containers started from the command line.
7331
7332 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
7333 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
7334
7335 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
7336 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
7337 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
7338 indirection via a pseudo tty.
7339
7340 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
7341 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
7342 when shutting down.
7343
7344 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
7345 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
7346 overlayfs support.
7347
7348 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
7349 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
7350 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
7351 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
7352 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
7353 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
7354 images are imported via systemd-importd.
7355
7356 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
7357 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
7358 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
7359
7360 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
7361 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
7362 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
7363 of v1 as before).
7364
7365 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
7366 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
7367
7368 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
7369 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
7370 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
7371 without further privileges or authorization.
7372
7373 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
7374 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
7375 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
7376 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
7377 accessible via a bus interface.
7378
7379 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
7380 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
7381 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
7382 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
7383 to cover this functionality.
7384
7385 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
7386 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
7387 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
7388 disabled/masked also stopped.
7389
7390 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
7391 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
7392 updated to support systemd-boot.
7393
7394 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
7395 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
7396 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
7397 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
7398 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
7399 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
7400 like this and can extract OS release information from them
7401 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
7402 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
7403
7404 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
7405 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
7406 system.
7407
7408 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
7409 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
7410 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
7411 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
7412
7413 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
7414 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
7415 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
7416 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
7417
7418 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
7419 stick devices has been added.
7420
7421 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
7422 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
7423
7424 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
7425 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
7426 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
7427 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
7428 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
7429
7430 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
7431 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
7432 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
7433
7434 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
7435 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
7436 Debian.
7437
7438 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
7439 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
7440 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
7441
7442 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
7443 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
7444 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
7445 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
7446 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
7447 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
7448 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
7449 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7450 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
7451 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
7452 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
7453 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
7454 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
7455 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
7456 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
7457 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
7458 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
7459 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7460 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
7461 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
7462 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
7463 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
7464 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
7465 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
7466 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
7467 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
7468 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7469
7470 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
7471
7472 CHANGES WITH 219:
7473
7474 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
7475 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
7476 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
7477 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
7478 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
7479 interface with and update the database.
7480
7481 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
7482 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
7483 before bytewise copying is done.
7484
7485 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
7486 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
7487 directory, and immediately removed when the container
7488 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
7489 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
7490 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
7491 for starting a container off the root file system of the
7492 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
7493 available on btrfs file systems.
7494
7495 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
7496 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7497 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
7498 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
7499 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
7500 systems.
7501
7502 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
7503 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
7504 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
7505 mount point remains.
7506
7507 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
7508 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
7509 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
7510 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
7511 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
7512 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
7513 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
7514 are disabled.
7515
7516 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
7517 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
7518 container to the host or vice versa.
7519
7520 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
7521 mount host directories into local containers. This is
7522 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
7523
7524 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
7525 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
7526
7527 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
7528 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
7529 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
7530 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
7531 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
7532 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
7533 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
7534 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
7535 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
7536 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
7537 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
7538 make the functionality of importd available to the
7539 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
7540 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
7541 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
7542 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
7543 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
7544 only fully supported on btrfs.
7545
7546 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
7547 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
7548 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
7549 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
7550 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
7551 information about images.
7552
7553 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
7554 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
7555 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
7556 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
7557 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
7558 legacy file systems).
7559
7560 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
7561 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
7562 shown in networkctl output.
7563
7564 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
7565 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
7566 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
7567 processes as system services while interactively
7568 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
7569 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
7570 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
7571 full login session, the difference being that the former
7572 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
7573 setup.
7574
7575 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
7576 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
7577 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
7578 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
7579 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
7580
7581 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
7582 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
7583 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
7584 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
7585 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
7586 via qemu/kvm.
7587
7588 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
7589 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
7590 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
7591 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
7592 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
7593 disk images, too.
7594
7595 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
7596 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
7597 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
7598 integrate with that.
7599
7600 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
7601 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
7602 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
7603 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
7604
7605 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
7606 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
7607 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
7608
7609 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
7610 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
7611 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
7612 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
7613 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
7614 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
7615 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
7616 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
7617 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
7618 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
7619
7620 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
7621 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
7622 files.
7623
7624 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
7625 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
7626 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
7627 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
7628 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
7629 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
7630 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
7631 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
7632 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
7633 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
7634 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
7635 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
7636 explicitly turned on.
7637
7638 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
7639 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
7640 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
7641 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
7642
7643 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
7644 supported.
7645
7646 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
7647 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
7648 user/session following the status output. Similar,
7649 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
7650 associated with a virtual machine or container
7651 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
7652 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
7653 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
7654 output however.)
7655
7656 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
7657 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
7658 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
7659 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
7660 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
7661 caller's session/user.
7662
7663 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
7664 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
7665 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
7666 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
7667 user services.
7668
7669 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
7670 same way as unit files.
7671
7672 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
7673 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
7674 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
7675 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
7676 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
7677 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
7678 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
7679 the host.
7680
7681 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
7682 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
7683 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
7684 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
7685 the host as if their services were running directly on the
7686 host.
7687
7688 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
7689 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
7690 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
7691 updated to make use of it too by default.
7692
7693 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
7694 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
7695 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
7696 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
7697
7698 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
7699 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
7700 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
7701 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
7702 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
7703 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
7704 modification.
7705
7706 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
7707 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
7708 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7709 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
7710 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
7711 information about Touchpad types.
7712
7713 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
7714 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
7715
7716 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
7717 Policy link field.
7718
7719 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
7720 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
7721
7722 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
7723 ACLs on files.
7724
7725 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
7726 tmpfs, automatically.
7727
7728 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
7729 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
7730 status" output, if available.
7731
7732 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
7733 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
7734 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
7735 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
7736 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
7737 run on next reboot.
7738
7739 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
7740 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
7741 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
7742 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
7743 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
7744 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
7745 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
7746
7747 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
7748 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
7749 after a configurable timeout.
7750
7751 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
7752 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
7753 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
7754 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
7755 it non-idle.
7756
7757 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
7758 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
7759
7760 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
7761 each .network interface in networkd.
7762
7763 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
7764 in .network files.
7765
7766 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
7767 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
7768
7769 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
7770 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
7771 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
7772 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
7773 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
7774 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
7775 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
7776 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
7777 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
7778 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
7779 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
7780 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7781 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
7782 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
7783 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
7784 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
7785 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
7786 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
7787 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
7788 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7789 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
7790 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
7791 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
7792 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7793
7794 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
7795
7796 CHANGES WITH 218:
7797
7798 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
7799 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
7800 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
7801 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
7802
7803 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
7804 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
7805 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
7806 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
7807 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
7808
7809 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
7810
7811 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
7812 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
7813 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
7814 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
7815 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
7816 modified configuration after editing.
7817
7818 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
7819 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
7820 system preset files.
7821
7822 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
7823 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
7824 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
7825 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
7826 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
7827 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
7828 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
7829 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
7830 other contexts.
7831
7832 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
7833 inhibitors.
7834
7835 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
7836 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
7837 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
7838 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
7839 managers.
7840
7841 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
7842 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
7843 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
7844 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
7845 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
7846 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
7847 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
7848 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
7849 parallel to journald.
7850
7851 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
7852 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
7853 available.
7854
7855 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
7856 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
7857 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
7858 or are not older than the specified time.
7859
7860 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
7861 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
7862 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
7863 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
7864
7865 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
7866 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
7867 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
7868 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
7869 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
7870 communication.
7871
7872 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
7873 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
7874 services.
7875
7876 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
7877 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
7878 including their signature and values. This is particularly
7879 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
7880 the new "busctl tree" command.
7881
7882 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
7883 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
7884 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
7885 friendly way.
7886
7887 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
7888 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
7889 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
7890 race-ful way.
7891
7892 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
7893 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
7894 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
7895 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
7896 --link-journal=try-guest.
7897
7898 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
7899 stable MAC addresses.
7900
7901 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
7902 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
7903 the respective unit shall use.
7904
7905 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
7906 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
7907 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
7908 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
7909
7910 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
7911 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
7912 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
7913 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
7914 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
7915 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
7916
7917 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
7918 details see:
7919
7920 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
7921
7922 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
7923 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
7924 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
7925 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
7926 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
7927 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
7928 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
7929 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
7930 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
7931 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
7932 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
7933 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
7934
7935 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
7936 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
7937 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
7938 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
7939 bluetooth, …) is used.
7940
7941 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
7942 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
7943 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
7944 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
7945 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
7946 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
7947 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
7948 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
7949
7950 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
7951 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
7952 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
7953 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
7954 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
7955 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
7956 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
7957 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
7958 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
7959 interface.
7960
7961 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
7962 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
7963 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
7964 luks.name= argument.
7965
7966 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
7967 (this was previously already available for scope and service
7968 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
7969 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
7970 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
7971 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
7972
7973 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
7974 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
7975 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
7976
7977 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
7978 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
7979 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7980 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
7981 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
7982 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
7983 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
7984 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7985 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
7986 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
7987 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7988 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
7989 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
7990 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
7991 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
7992 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7993 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
7994 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7995
7996 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
7997
7998 CHANGES WITH 217:
7999
8000 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
8001 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
8002 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
8003 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
8004
8005 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
8006 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
8007 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
8008 now waits until the operation is complete.
8009
8010 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
8011 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
8012 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
8013 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
8014 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
8015 connection.
8016
8017 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
8018 commands anymore.
8019
8020 * User units are now loaded also from
8021 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
8022 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
8023 supported, but is under the control of the user.
8024
8025 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
8026 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
8027 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
8028 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
8029 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
8030 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
8031 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
8032 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
8033 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
8034 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
8035 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
8036 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
8037 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
8038 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
8039 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
8040 question.
8041
8042 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
8043 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
8044 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
8045
8046 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
8047 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
8048 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
8049 command line to trigger resume.
8050
8051 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
8052 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
8053 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
8054 Desktop=systemd-console.
8055
8056 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
8057 systemd-networkd.
8058
8059 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
8060 from the information provided by the networking stack
8061 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
8062
8063 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
8064 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
8065
8066 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
8067 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
8068 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
8069
8070 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
8071
8072 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
8073 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
8074 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
8075 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
8076 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
8077 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
8078
8079 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
8080 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
8081 respected.
8082
8083 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
8084 virtualization.
8085
8086 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
8087 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
8088 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
8089 on.
8090
8091 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
8092
8093 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
8094
8095 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
8096 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
8097 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
8098 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
8099 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
8100 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
8101 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
8102
8103 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
8104 available for service units, that allows locking all service
8105 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
8106 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
8107 from the service's view entirely.
8108
8109 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
8110 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
8111
8112 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
8113 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
8114 session.
8115
8116 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
8117 legacy-free systems.
8118
8119 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
8120 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
8121 easily.
8122
8123 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
8124 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
8125 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
8126 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
8127 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
8128 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
8129 option.
8130
8131 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
8132 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
8133 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
8134 /usr.
8135
8136 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
8137 services, not only the main process.
8138
8139 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
8140 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
8141 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
8142 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
8143 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
8144
8145 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
8146 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
8147 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
8148 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
8149 directly from now on, again.
8150
8151 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
8152 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
8153 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
8154 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
8155 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
8156 enabling and disabling.
8157
8158 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
8159 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
8160 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
8161 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
8162 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
8163 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
8164 unnecessary or unlikely.
8165
8166 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
8167 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
8168 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
8169 "annually", "hourly", …).
8170
8171 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
8172 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
8173 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
8174 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
8175 overwritten at runtime.
8176
8177 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
8178 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
8179 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
8180 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
8181 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
8182 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
8183 segmentation fault.
8184
8185 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
8186 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
8187 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8188 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
8189 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
8190 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
8191 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
8192 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
8193 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
8194 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8195 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8196 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8197 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
8198 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
8199 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
8200 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
8201 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
8202 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
8203 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8204 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
8205 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
8206 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8207
8208 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
8209
8210 CHANGES WITH 216:
8211
8212 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
8213 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
8214 implementations should add a
8215
8216 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
8217
8218 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
8219 default functionality.
8220
8221 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
8222 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
8223 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
8224 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
8225 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
8226 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
8227 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
8228 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
8229 files might need to be owned by them. A new
8230 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
8231 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
8232 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
8233 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
8234
8235 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
8236 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
8237 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
8238 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
8239 added eventually, too.
8240
8241 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
8242 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
8243 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
8244 new command to update these fields.
8245
8246 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
8247 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
8248 have been discovered via DHCP.
8249
8250 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
8251 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
8252 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
8253 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
8254 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
8255 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
8256 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
8257 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
8258 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
8259 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
8260 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
8261 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
8262 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
8263 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
8264 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
8265 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
8266 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
8267 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
8268 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
8269 implementation to systemd-resolved.
8270
8271 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
8272 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
8273 containers to their respective IP addresses.
8274
8275 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
8276 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
8277 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
8278 and present it to the user in a very friendly
8279 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
8280 control utility for networkd.
8281
8282 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
8283 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
8284 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
8285 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
8286 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
8287 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
8288 (NoDelay=).
8289
8290 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
8291 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
8292
8293 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
8294 be started only after time-sync.target has been
8295 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
8296 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
8297 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
8298 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
8299
8300 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
8301 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
8302 of the link.
8303
8304 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
8305 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
8306
8307 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
8308 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
8309
8310 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
8311 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
8312 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
8313 for DHCP.
8314
8315 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
8316 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
8317 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
8318 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
8319 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
8320 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
8321 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
8322 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
8323
8324 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
8325 validation of unit files.
8326
8327 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
8328 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
8329 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
8330 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
8331 address may now be configured.
8332
8333 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
8334 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
8335 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
8336 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
8337
8338 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
8339 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
8340
8341 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
8342 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
8343 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
8344 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
8345
8346 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
8347 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
8348 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
8349 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
8350 implementation.
8351
8352 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
8353 journal data to a remote system running
8354 systemd-journal-remote.
8355
8356 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
8357 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
8358 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
8359 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
8360 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
8361 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
8362 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
8363 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
8364 version, you have to turn this option on again
8365 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
8366
8367 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
8368 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
8369 better than XZ which was the previous default.
8370
8371 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
8372 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
8373
8374 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
8375 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
8376
8377 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
8378 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
8379 "systemctl status" output for a service.
8380
8381 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
8382 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
8383 hostname, root password) interactively on first
8384 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
8385 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
8386
8387 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
8388
8389 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
8390
8391 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
8392 when primary addresses are removed.
8393
8394 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
8395 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
8396 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
8397 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
8398 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
8399 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
8400 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8401 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
8402 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
8403 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
8404 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
8405 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
8406 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
8407 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
8408 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8409
8410 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
8411
8412 CHANGES WITH 215:
8413
8414 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
8415 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
8416 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
8417 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
8418 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
8419 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
8420 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
8421 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
8422 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
8423 require.
8424
8425 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
8426 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
8427
8428 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
8429 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
8430 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
8431 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
8432 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
8433 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
8434 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
8435
8436 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
8437 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
8438 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
8439 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
8440 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
8441 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
8442 update or reset should use this condition and order
8443 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
8444 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
8445 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
8446 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
8447 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
8448 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
8449 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
8450 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
8451 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
8452
8453 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
8454
8455 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
8456 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
8457 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
8458 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
8459
8460 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
8461 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
8462 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
8463 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
8464 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
8465 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
8466 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
8467 .network files using settings of this section should be
8468 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
8469 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
8470
8471 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
8472 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
8473
8474 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
8475 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
8476 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
8477 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
8478 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
8479 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
8480 of nspawn instances.
8481
8482 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
8483 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
8484 added.
8485
8486 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
8487 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
8488 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
8489 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
8490 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
8491 configuration stored in /etc.
8492
8493 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
8494 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
8495 parsing of unknown mount options.
8496
8497 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
8498 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
8499 it already exist and not already be the correct
8500 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
8501 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
8502 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
8503 pre-existing files of different types.
8504
8505 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
8506 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
8507 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
8508 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
8509 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
8510 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
8511 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
8512
8513 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
8514 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
8515 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
8516 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
8517 shall be executed.
8518
8519 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
8520 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
8521 example whether it is fully up and running.
8522
8523 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
8524 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
8525 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
8526 reset.
8527
8528 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
8529 most basic services systemd ships by default.
8530
8531 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
8532 field for defining the default instance to create if a
8533 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
8534
8535 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
8536 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
8537 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
8538
8539 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
8540 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
8541 access to this group.
8542
8543 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
8544 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
8545 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
8546 to the journal.
8547
8548 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
8549 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
8550 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
8551 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
8552 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
8553 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
8554
8555 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
8556 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
8557 that makes sure to only show information about the most
8558 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
8559 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
8560 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
8561 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
8562 the old name to the new name.
8563
8564 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
8565 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
8566 coredumpctl without restrictions.
8567
8568 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
8569 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
8570 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
8571 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
8572 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
8573 "systemd-debug-generator".
8574
8575 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
8576 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
8577 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
8578 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
8579 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
8580 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
8581 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
8582 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
8583 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
8584 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
8585 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
8586
8587 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
8588 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
8589 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
8590 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
8591 been added to query many of these paths for the local
8592 machine and user.
8593
8594 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
8595 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
8596 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
8597 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
8598 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
8599
8600 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
8601 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
8602 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
8603 couple of drop-in directories.
8604
8605 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
8606 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
8607 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
8608 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
8609 for dev_port.
8610
8611 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
8612 container (read from /etc/os-release and
8613 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
8614 "machinectl status" for a machine.
8615
8616 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
8617 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
8618 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
8619 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
8620 Restart= setting.
8621
8622 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
8623 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
8624 directly connect to a specific container on the
8625 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
8626 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
8627 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
8628 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
8629 containers is a privileged operation.
8630
8631 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
8632 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
8633 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
8634 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
8635 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8636 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
8637 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8638 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
8639 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
8640 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
8641 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
8642 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8643
8644 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
8645
8646 CHANGES WITH 214:
8647
8648 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
8649 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
8650 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
8651 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
8652 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
8653 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
8654 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
8655 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
8656 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
8657 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8658 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
8659 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
8660 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
8661 devices are excluded from this logic.
8662
8663 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
8664 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
8665 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
8666 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
8667 change has been released.
8668
8669 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8670 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
8671 libattr is thus unnecessary.
8672
8673 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
8674 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
8675 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
8676 with fewer privileges.
8677
8678 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
8679 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
8680 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
8681 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
8682
8683 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
8684 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
8685
8686 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
8687 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
8688
8689 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
8690 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
8691 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
8692
8693 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
8694 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8695 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
8696 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
8697 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
8698 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
8699
8700 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8701 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
8702 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
8703
8704 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8705 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
8706 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
8707 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
8708 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
8709 modifications of user data or system files from
8710 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
8711 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
8712
8713 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
8714 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
8715 and FIFOs in the file system.
8716
8717 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
8718 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
8719 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
8720
8721 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
8722 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
8723 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
8724 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
8725 the socket itself.
8726
8727 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
8728 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
8729 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
8730 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
8731 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
8732 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
8733 symlinks, and nothing else.
8734
8735 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
8736 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
8737 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
8738 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
8739 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
8740 process (for example, the parent process). The
8741 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
8742 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
8743 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
8744 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
8745 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
8746 messages to services when the originating process already
8747 vanished.
8748
8749 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8750 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
8751 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
8752 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
8753 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
8754 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
8755 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
8756 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
8757 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
8758 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
8759 all long-running services.
8760
8761 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
8762 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
8763 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
8764 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
8765 service.
8766
8767 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
8768 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
8769 applied to all submounts, too.
8770
8771 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
8772
8773 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
8774 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
8775 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
8776 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
8777 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
8778 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
8779 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
8780
8781 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
8782 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
8783 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
8784 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
8785 (domU) domains.
8786
8787 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
8788 files or entire directories.
8789
8790 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8791 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
8792 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
8793 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
8794 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
8795
8796 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
8797 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
8798 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
8799 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8800 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
8801 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
8802 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8803 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
8804 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
8805 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
8806 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
8807 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
8808
8809 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
8810 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
8811 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
8812 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
8813
8814 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
8815 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
8816 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8817 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
8818 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
8819 non-directories.
8820
8821 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
8822 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
8823 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
8824
8825 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
8826 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
8827 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
8828 this group.
8829
8830 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
8831 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
8832 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
8833 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
8834 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8835 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
8836 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8837
8838 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
8839
8840 CHANGES WITH 213:
8841
8842 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
8843 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
8844 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8845 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
8846 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
8847 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
8848 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
8849 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8850 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
8851 client should be more than appropriate for most
8852 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
8853 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
8854 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
8855 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
8856 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
8857 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
8858 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8859 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
8860 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8861 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
8862 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
8863
8864 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
8865 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
8866 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
8867 part of a different namespace.
8868
8869 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
8870 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
8871 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
8872 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
8873
8874 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
8875 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
8876 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
8877
8878 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
8879 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
8880 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8881 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
8882 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
8883 restart the service in question.
8884
8885 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
8886 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
8887 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
8888 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
8889 details when running non-locally.
8890
8891 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
8892 graphs it generates.
8893
8894 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
8895 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
8896 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
8897 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
8898 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
8899
8900 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
8901
8902 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
8903 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
8904 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
8905 what it was on SysV systems.
8906
8907 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
8908 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
8909
8910 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
8911 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
8912 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
8913
8914 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
8915 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
8916 to show these addresses in its output.
8917
8918 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
8919 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
8920 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
8921 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
8922 preferred over a text one.
8923
8924 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
8925 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
8926 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
8927 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
8928 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
8929 mDNS cache.
8930
8931 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
8932 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
8933 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
8934 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
8935 of network configuration performed in some other way.
8936
8937 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
8938 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
8939 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
8940 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
8941 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
8942
8943 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
8944 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
8945 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8946 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8947 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
8948 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
8949 overrides any other settings.
8950
8951 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
8952 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8953 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
8954 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
8955 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
8956 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
8957 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
8958 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
8959 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8960 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8961 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
8962 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
8963 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
8964 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
8965 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
8966 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
8967 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8968
8969 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
8970
8971 CHANGES WITH 212:
8972
8973 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
8974 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
8975 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
8976 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
8977 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
8978 by accident.
8979
8980 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
8981 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
8982 registered with machined.
8983
8984 * sd-login gained new calls
8985 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
8986 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
8987 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
8988 counterparts.
8989
8990 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
8991 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
8992 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
8993 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
8994 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
8995 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
8996 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
8997 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
8998 once.
8999
9000 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
9001 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
9002 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
9003
9004 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
9005 units on all local containers, when used with the
9006 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
9007 executed when no parameters are specified).
9008
9009 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
9010 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
9011 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
9012 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
9013
9014 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
9015 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
9016 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
9017 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
9018 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
9019 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
9020
9021 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
9022 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
9023 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
9024 of the container.
9025
9026 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
9027 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
9028 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
9029 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
9030 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
9031 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
9032 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
9033 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
9034
9035 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
9036 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
9037 instead of /.
9038
9039 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
9040 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
9041 emergency messages now.
9042
9043 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
9044 journal log messages across the network.
9045
9046 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
9047 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
9048 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
9049 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
9050 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
9051 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
9052 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
9053
9054 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
9055 down a local OS container.
9056
9057 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
9058 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
9059 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
9060
9061 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
9062 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
9063 this is appropriate.
9064
9065 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
9066 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
9067 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
9068
9069 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
9070 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
9071 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
9072 for debugging purposes.
9073
9074 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
9075 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
9076 in seconds.
9077
9078 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
9079 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
9080 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
9081 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
9082 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
9083 like on traditional inetd.
9084
9085 * A new system.conf configuration option
9086 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
9087 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
9088
9089 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
9090 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
9091 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
9092 do these days).
9093
9094 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
9095 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
9096 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
9097 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
9098 could not take place because the system was powered off.
9099 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
9100
9101 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
9102 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
9103 it will be triggered.
9104
9105 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
9106 addresses to its local interfaces.
9107
9108 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
9109 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
9110 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
9111 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
9112 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
9113 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
9114 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
9115 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
9116 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9117
9118 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
9119
9120 CHANGES WITH 211:
9121
9122 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
9123 added to restrict which socket address families unit
9124 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
9125 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
9126 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
9127 is built on seccomp system call filters.
9128
9129 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
9130 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
9131 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
9132 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
9133 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
9134 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
9135 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
9136 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
9137 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
9138
9139 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
9140 matching against device group names.
9141
9142 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
9143 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
9144 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
9145 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
9146 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
9147 though.
9148
9149 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
9150 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
9151 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
9152 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
9153 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9154 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
9155 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
9156 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
9157 systems prepared appropriately.
9158
9159 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
9160 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
9161 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9162 (see above). This means that installations made with
9163 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
9164 deployed using container managers, completely
9165 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
9166 this feature soon, too.)
9167
9168 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
9169 set up a private macvlan interface for the
9170 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
9171 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
9172
9173 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
9174 using IPv4LL.
9175
9176 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
9177 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
9178 systemd-networkd.
9179
9180 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
9181 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
9182 still not a public API though (unless you specify
9183 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
9184 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
9185
9186 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
9187 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
9188 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
9189 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
9190 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
9191 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
9192 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
9193 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
9194 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
9195 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
9196 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
9197 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
9198 users.
9199
9200 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
9201 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
9202 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
9203 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
9204 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
9205 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
9206 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
9207 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
9208 due to a closed lid.
9209
9210 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
9211 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
9212 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
9213 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
9214 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
9215 order to then act as suspend blocker.
9216
9217 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
9218 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
9219 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
9220 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
9221 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
9222
9223 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
9224 now also work in --scope mode.
9225
9226 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
9227 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
9228 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
9229 promises are made.)
9230
9231 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
9232 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
9233 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
9234 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9235 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
9236 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
9237 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
9238 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
9239 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
9240 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9241
9242 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
9243
9244 CHANGES WITH 210:
9245
9246 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
9247 according to SMACK rules.
9248
9249 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
9250 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
9251
9252 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
9253 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
9254 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
9255
9256 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
9257 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
9258 and machine ID.
9259
9260 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
9261 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
9262 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
9263 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
9264 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
9265 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
9266 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
9267 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
9268 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
9269 backpack or similar.
9270
9271 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
9272 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
9273 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
9274 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
9275 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
9276 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
9277 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
9278 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
9279 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
9280 this on its own.
9281
9282 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
9283 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
9284 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
9285 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
9286
9287 * We will now ship a default .network file for
9288 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
9289 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
9290 --network-bridge= switches.
9291
9292 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
9293 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
9294 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
9295 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
9296 metrics, according to what is customary according to
9297 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
9298 each configuration option.
9299
9300 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
9301 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
9302 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
9303 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
9304 at once.
9305
9306 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
9307 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
9308 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
9309 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
9310 triggered by other work being done in the program.
9311
9312 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
9313 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
9314 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
9315 default however.
9316
9317 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
9318 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
9319 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
9320 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
9321 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
9322 them with systemd-networkd.
9323
9324 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
9325 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
9326 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
9327 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
9328 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
9329 is drastically increased, but given that these are
9330 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
9331 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
9332 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
9333 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
9334 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
9335 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
9336 during a transitional period!
9337
9338 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
9339 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
9340
9341 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
9342 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
9343 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
9344 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
9345 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9346 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9347 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
9348 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9349
9350 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
9351
9352 CHANGES WITH 209:
9353
9354 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
9355 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
9356 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
9357 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
9358 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
9359 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
9360 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
9361 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
9362 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
9363 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
9364 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
9365 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
9366
9367 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
9368 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
9369 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
9370 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
9371 machines and the like.
9372
9373 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
9374 shutdown/boot.
9375
9376 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
9377 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
9378
9379 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
9380 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
9381 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
9382 prepared for additional security frameworks.
9383
9384 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
9385 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
9386 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
9387 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
9388 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
9389 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
9390
9391 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
9392 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
9393 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
9394 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
9395 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
9396 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
9397 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
9398 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
9399 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
9400
9401 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
9402 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
9403
9404 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
9405 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
9406 implementation.
9407
9408 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
9409 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
9410 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
9411 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
9412 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
9413 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
9414 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
9415 and .service units.
9416
9417 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
9418 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
9419 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
9420
9421 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
9422 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
9423 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
9424 nothing makes use of it.
9425
9426 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
9427 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
9428 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
9429
9430 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
9431 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
9432 compatibility purposes.
9433
9434 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
9435 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
9436 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
9437 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
9438 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
9439 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
9440 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
9441 process handling.
9442
9443 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
9444 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
9445 style to "sd-bus.h".
9446
9447 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
9448 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
9449 "systemd-networkd".
9450
9451 * There is a new kernel command line option
9452 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
9453 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
9454 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
9455 are not restored.
9456
9457 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
9458 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
9459 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
9460 PID1's support for that anymore.
9461
9462 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
9463 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
9464
9465 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
9466 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
9467 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
9468 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
9469 container that is registered with machined, such as those
9470 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
9471
9472 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
9473 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
9474 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
9475 onto remote systems.
9476
9477 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
9478 login in any local container. This works with any container
9479 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
9480 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
9481
9482 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
9483 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
9484 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
9485 system of some kind.
9486
9487 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
9488 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
9489 next.
9490
9491 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
9492 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
9493 reboot() system call.
9494
9495 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
9496 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
9497 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
9498 still available but not advertised anymore.
9499
9500 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
9501 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
9502 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
9503 within each Unit.
9504
9505 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
9506 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
9507 the kernel).
9508
9509 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
9510 timestamps (following the setting in
9511 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
9512
9513 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
9514 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
9515
9516 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
9517 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
9518
9519 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
9520 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
9521 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
9522
9523 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
9524 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
9525 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
9526 the full configuration is shown.
9527
9528 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
9529 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
9530 those commands which take multiple unit names.
9531
9532 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
9533
9534 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
9535 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
9536
9537 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
9538 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
9539 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
9540 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
9541
9542 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
9543 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
9544 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
9545 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
9546
9547 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
9548 of the legend text.
9549
9550 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
9551 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
9552 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
9553 remote sessions.
9554
9555 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
9556 information of SDIO devices.
9557
9558 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
9559 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
9560 the system manager.
9561
9562 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
9563 short description of the connection parameters in the
9564 description.
9565
9566 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
9567 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
9568 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
9569 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
9570 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
9571 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
9572 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
9573
9574 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
9575 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
9576 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
9577 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
9578 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
9579 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
9580 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
9581 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
9582 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
9583
9584 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
9585 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
9586 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
9587 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
9588 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
9589 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
9590 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
9591 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
9592 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
9593 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
9594 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
9595 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
9596 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
9597 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
9598 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
9599 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
9600 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
9601 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
9602 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
9603 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
9604 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
9605 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
9606 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
9607
9608 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
9609 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
9610 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
9611 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
9612 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
9613 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
9614 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
9615 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
9616 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
9617 that you are aware of the instability of the current
9618 APIs.
9619
9620 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
9621 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
9622 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
9623 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
9624 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
9625 declare the APIs stable.
9626
9627 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
9628 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
9629 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
9630 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
9631 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
9632 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
9633 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
9634 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
9635 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
9636 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
9637 one of them is updated.
9638
9639 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
9640 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
9641 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
9642 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
9643 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
9644
9645 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
9646 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
9647 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
9648 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
9649 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
9650 entry points.
9651
9652 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
9653 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
9654 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
9655 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
9656 been disabled at compile-time.
9657
9658 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
9659 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
9660 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
9661 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
9662
9663 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
9664 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
9665 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
9666
9667 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
9668 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
9669 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
9670
9671 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
9672 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
9673 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
9674
9675 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
9676 remains until jobs expire.
9677
9678 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
9679 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
9680 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
9681 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
9682 all remaining processes of the service.
9683
9684 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
9685 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
9686 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
9687 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
9688 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
9689 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
9690 manager process which created them takes no further
9691 responsibilities for it.
9692
9693 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
9694 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
9695 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
9696 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
9697 marked executable or world-writable.
9698
9699 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
9700 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
9701 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
9702 "--setenv=" for consistency.
9703
9704 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
9705 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
9706 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
9707 independent of the host.
9708
9709 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
9710 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
9711 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
9712 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
9713
9714 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
9715 with specific SELinux labels set.
9716
9717 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
9718 any additional output but the container's own console
9719 output.
9720
9721 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
9722 container without PID namespacing enabled.
9723
9724 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
9725 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
9726 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
9727 OS images, but only specific apps.
9728
9729 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
9730 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
9731 results in registration of the unit service itself in
9732 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
9733
9734 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
9735 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
9736 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
9737 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
9738 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
9739 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
9740
9741 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
9742 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
9743 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
9744 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
9745 units to use.
9746
9747 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
9748 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
9749 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
9750 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
9751
9752 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
9753 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
9754 context for a service.
9755
9756 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
9757 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
9758 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
9759 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
9760 influence this logic.
9761
9762 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
9763 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
9764 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
9765 other things.
9766
9767 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
9768 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
9769 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
9770 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
9771 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
9772 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
9773 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
9774 architectures). There is also a global
9775 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
9776 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
9777
9778 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
9779 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
9780
9781 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
9782 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
9783 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9784 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
9785 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
9786 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
9787 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
9788 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
9789 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9790 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
9791 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
9792 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
9793 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9794 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
9795 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9796 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
9797 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
9798 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
9799 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
9800 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
9801 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9802 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
9803 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
9804 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9805
9806 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
9807
9808 CHANGES WITH 208:
9809
9810 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
9811 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
9812 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
9813 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
9814 access input and drm devices which are normally
9815 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
9816 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
9817 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
9818 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
9819 session switching without allowing background sessions to
9820 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
9821 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
9822 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
9823
9824 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
9825 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
9826 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
9827
9828 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
9829 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
9830 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
9831 kernel version number.
9832
9833 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
9834 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
9835 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
9836
9837 * This release removes high-level support for the
9838 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
9839 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
9840 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
9841 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
9842
9843 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
9844 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
9845 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
9846 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
9847 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
9848 cgroup system.
9849
9850 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
9851 messages containing the slice a message was generated
9852 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
9853 logs among other things.
9854
9855 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
9856 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
9857 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
9858 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
9859 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
9860 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
9861 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
9862 journald which would be necessary to resolve
9863 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
9864 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
9865 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
9866 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
9867 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
9868 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
9869 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
9870 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
9871 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
9872 not delayed until next reboot.
9873
9874 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
9875 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
9876 systemd generated files in one directory.
9877
9878 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
9879 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
9880 performance information if that's available to determine how
9881 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
9882 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
9883 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
9884
9885 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
9886 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
9887 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
9888 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9889 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
9890 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
9891 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9892
9893 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
9894
9895 CHANGES WITH 207:
9896
9897 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
9898 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
9899 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
9900 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
9901
9902 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
9903 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
9904 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
9905 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
9906 specified on the kernel command line less important.
9907
9908 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
9909 retrieve the VT number of a session.
9910
9911 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
9912 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
9913 maximum number of tries.
9914
9915 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
9916 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
9917 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
9918
9919 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
9920 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
9921
9922 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
9923 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
9924 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
9925
9926 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
9927 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
9928 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
9929
9930 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
9931 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
9932 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
9933 and type).
9934
9935 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
9936 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
9937
9938 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
9939 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
9940 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
9941 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
9942
9943 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
9944 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
9945 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
9946 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
9947 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
9948 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
9949 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
9950 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
9951
9952 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
9953 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
9954 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
9955 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
9956
9957 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
9958 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
9959 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
9960 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
9961 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
9962 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
9963 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
9964
9965 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
9966 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
9967
9968 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
9969 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
9970 automatically after the process terminated.
9971
9972 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
9973 certain paths from operation.
9974
9975 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
9976 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
9977 is received.
9978
9979 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
9980 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
9981 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
9982 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
9983 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
9984 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
9985 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9986 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
9987 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9988 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
9989 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9990 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
9991 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9992
9993 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
9994
9995 CHANGES WITH 206:
9996
9997 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
9998 concepts introduced with 205.
9999
10000 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
10001 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
10002 -r".
10003
10004 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
10005 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
10006 --state= parameter.
10007
10008 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
10009 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
10010 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
10011 the journal.
10012
10013 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
10014 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
10015 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
10016
10017 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
10018 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
10019 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
10020 browsing logs from that point on.
10021
10022 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
10023 of an FSS key.
10024
10025 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
10026 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
10027 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
10028 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
10029 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
10030 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
10031 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
10032 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
10033 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
10034 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
10035 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
10036 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
10037 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
10038 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
10039
10040 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
10041 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
10042 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
10043 backing module right-away.
10044
10045 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
10046 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
10047
10048 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
10049 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
10050
10051 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
10052 set of processes in the message metadata.
10053
10054 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
10055
10056 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
10057 support for passing performance data via environment
10058 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
10059 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
10060 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
10061 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
10062 deserialize it again.
10063
10064 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
10065 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
10066 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
10067 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
10068
10069 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
10070 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
10071 completely silent shutdown when used.
10072
10073 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
10074 option in .socket units.
10075
10076 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
10077 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
10078 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
10079 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
10080 system.slice as before.
10081
10082 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
10083
10084 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
10085 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
10086 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10087 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
10088 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
10089 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
10090 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10091
10092 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
10093
10094 CHANGES WITH 205:
10095
10096 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
10097
10098 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
10099 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
10100 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
10101 possible for system services and applications to group their
10102 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
10103 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
10104 together, or apply resource limits on them.
10105
10106 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
10107 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
10108 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
10109 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
10110 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
10111
10112 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
10113 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
10114 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
10115 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
10116
10117 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
10118 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
10119 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
10120 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
10121 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
10122 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
10123 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
10124 and useful as a general batch manager.
10125
10126 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
10127 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
10128 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
10129 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
10130 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
10131 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
10132 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
10133 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
10134 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
10135 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
10136
10137 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
10138 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
10139 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
10140 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
10141 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
10142 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
10143 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
10144 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
10145 is compile-time optional.
10146
10147 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
10148 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
10149 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
10150 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
10151 well as slice units.
10152
10153 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
10154 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
10155 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
10156 but will be extended later on to make more properties
10157 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
10158 command that wraps this call.
10159
10160 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
10161 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
10162 while configuring a number of settings via the command
10163 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
10164 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
10165 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
10166 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
10167
10168 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
10169 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
10170 off audit.
10171
10172 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
10173 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
10174
10175 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
10176 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
10177 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
10178 and system logs.
10179
10180 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
10181 snippets extending unit files.
10182
10183 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
10184 not available as public API.
10185
10186 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
10187 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
10188 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
10189
10190 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
10191 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
10192 controls what to boot into by default.
10193
10194 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
10195 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
10196
10197 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
10198 generators needed for execution, as well as information
10199 about the unit file loading.
10200
10201 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
10202 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
10203 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
10204 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
10205 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
10206 racy due to journal file rotation.
10207
10208 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
10209 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
10210 all services.
10211
10212 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
10213 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
10214 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
10215 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
10216 system services want to log events about specific client
10217 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
10218 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
10219 unit is requested.
10220
10221 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
10222 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
10223 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
10224 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
10225 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
10226 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10227 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
10228 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
10229 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
10230 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
10231 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10232 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
10233 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
10234
10235 CHANGES WITH 204:
10236
10237 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
10238 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
10239
10240 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
10241 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
10242 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
10243
10244 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
10245 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10246
10247 CHANGES WITH 203:
10248
10249 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
10250 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
10251
10252 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
10253 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
10254 fields, including the root directory.
10255
10256 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
10257 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
10258 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
10259 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
10260 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
10261 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
10262 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
10263 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
10264 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
10265 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
10266 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
10267
10268 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
10269 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
10270
10271 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
10272 have taken an inhibitor lock.
10273
10274 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
10275 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
10276 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
10277 the local hostname.
10278
10279 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
10280 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
10281 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
10282 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
10283 VMs/containers coming and going.
10284
10285 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
10286 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
10287 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
10288
10289 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
10290 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
10291 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
10292 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
10293
10294 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
10295 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
10296 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
10297
10298 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
10299 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
10300 services. With the container's root directory in
10301 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
10302 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
10303
10304 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
10305 the processes within a certain container.
10306
10307 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
10308 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
10309 check though. Patches welcome!
10310
10311 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
10312 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
10313 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
10314 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
10315 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
10316
10317 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
10318 the passed argument if applicable.
10319
10320 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
10321 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10322 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
10323 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
10324 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
10325 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
10326 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10327 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10328
10329 CHANGES WITH 202:
10330
10331 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
10332 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
10333 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
10334 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
10335 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
10336 units activate.
10337
10338 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
10339 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
10340 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
10341 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
10342 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
10343 for now, and not installable.
10344
10345 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
10346 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
10347 can run in conjunction with udev.
10348
10349 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
10350 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
10351 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
10352 session manager.
10353
10354 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
10355 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
10356 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
10357 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
10358 services, user processes and containers/virtual
10359 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
10360 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
10361 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
10362 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
10363 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
10364 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
10365
10366 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
10367
10368 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
10369 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
10370 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
10371 logical expressions.
10372
10373 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
10374 switches.
10375
10376 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
10377 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
10378 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
10379 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
10380 the user.
10381
10382 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
10383 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
10384 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
10385 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
10386 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
10387 an entry.
10388
10389 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
10390 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10391 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
10392 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10393 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
10394 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10395
10396 CHANGES WITH 201:
10397
10398 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
10399 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
10400 directory.
10401
10402 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
10403 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
10404 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
10405 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
10406 problem.
10407
10408 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
10409 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
10410 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
10411 before the key file is attempted to be read.
10412
10413 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
10414 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
10415
10416 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
10417 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
10418 files in this context are files such as
10419 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
10420
10421 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
10422 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
10423 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
10424 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
10425 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
10426 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
10427
10428 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
10429 hostnames.
10430
10431 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
10432 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
10433 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
10434 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
10435 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
10436 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
10437 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
10438 all time-related output of systemd.
10439
10440 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
10441 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
10442 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
10443 loops.
10444
10445 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
10446 (models, layouts, variants, options).
10447
10448 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
10449 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
10450 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
10451 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
10452 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
10453
10454 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
10455 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
10456 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
10457 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
10458 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
10459 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
10460 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
10461
10462 CHANGES WITH 200:
10463
10464 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
10465 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
10466 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
10467 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
10468 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
10469 middle ground between physical and access time order.
10470
10471 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
10472 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
10473 images.
10474
10475 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
10476 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
10477 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10478
10479 CHANGES WITH 199:
10480
10481 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
10482
10483 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
10484 security policy.
10485
10486 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
10487 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
10488 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
10489 shared by all processes of a service (which means
10490 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
10491 the same service can still access). When a service is
10492 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
10493 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
10494 this though).
10495
10496 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
10497 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
10498 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
10499 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
10500 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
10501 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
10502
10503 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
10504 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
10505
10506 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
10507 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
10508
10509 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
10510
10511 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
10512 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
10513 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
10514 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
10515 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
10516
10517 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
10518 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
10519 system is to be mounted.
10520
10521 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
10522 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
10523 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
10524 purpose for socket units.
10525
10526 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
10527 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
10528
10529 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
10530 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
10531 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
10532 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
10533 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
10534
10535 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
10536 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
10537 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
10538 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10539 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
10540 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
10541 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10542 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10543 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10544
10545 CHANGES WITH 198:
10546
10547 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
10548 files without having to edit/override the unit files
10549 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
10550 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
10551 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
10552 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
10553 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
10554 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
10555 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
10556 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
10557 unit files locally: copying the files from
10558 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
10559 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
10560 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
10561 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
10562 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
10563 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
10564 for them too.
10565
10566 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
10567 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
10568 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
10569 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
10570 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
10571 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
10572 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
10573 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
10574 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
10575
10576 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
10577 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
10578
10579 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
10580 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
10581 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
10582 other users.
10583
10584 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
10585 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
10586 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
10587 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
10588 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
10589 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
10590 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
10591 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
10592 management logic is also available to other programs via the
10593 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
10594 supported.
10595
10596 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
10597 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
10598 the foreground VT.
10599
10600 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
10601 call.
10602
10603 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
10604 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
10605 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
10606 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
10607 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
10608 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
10609 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
10610 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
10611 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
10612 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
10613 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
10614 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
10615 also been removed.
10616
10617 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
10618 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
10619 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
10620 objects themselves.
10621
10622 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
10623
10624 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
10625 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
10626 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
10627 to how this is supported in shells.
10628
10629 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
10630 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
10631 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
10632 user systemd instance.
10633
10634 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
10635 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
10636 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
10637 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
10638 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
10639 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
10640 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
10641 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
10642 one day for good in the kernel.
10643
10644 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
10645 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
10646 container.
10647
10648 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
10649 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
10650 the host into the container.
10651
10652 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
10653 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
10654 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
10655 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
10656 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
10657 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
10658
10659 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
10660
10661 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
10662 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
10663 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
10664 configured to be mounted there.
10665
10666 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
10667 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
10668 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
10669 system resume events.
10670
10671 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
10672 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
10673 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
10674 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
10675
10676 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
10677 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
10678 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
10679 card).
10680
10681 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
10682 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
10683 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
10684
10685 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
10686 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
10687 later "change" event.
10688
10689 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
10690 now carry a message ID.
10691
10692 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
10693 continues to be work in progress.
10694
10695 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
10696 root directory to operate relative to.
10697
10698 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
10699 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
10700 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
10701 times a little.
10702
10703 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
10704 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
10705 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
10706 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
10707 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
10708 request boot into firmware operations.
10709
10710 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
10711 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
10712 correctly in initrds.
10713
10714 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
10715 compile time optional via a configure switch.
10716
10717 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
10718 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
10719
10720 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
10721 the status of all active or failed units.
10722
10723 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
10724 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
10725 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
10726 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
10727 requests more robust.
10728
10729 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
10730 reading journal files.
10731
10732 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
10733 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
10734
10735 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
10736
10737 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
10738 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
10739
10740 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
10741 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
10742 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
10743 socket activation in daemons.
10744
10745 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
10746 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
10747
10748 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
10749 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
10750 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
10751
10752 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
10753 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
10754 system units.
10755
10756 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
10757 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
10758 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
10759
10760 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
10761 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
10762 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
10763 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
10764 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
10765 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
10766 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
10767 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
10768 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
10769 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
10770 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
10771 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
10772 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
10773 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
10774 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
10775 package installation time.
10776
10777 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
10778 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
10779 scripts need to create these system user/group at
10780 installation time.
10781
10782 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
10783 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
10784
10785 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
10786
10787 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
10788 available.
10789
10790 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
10791 load SMACK policies at early boot.
10792
10793 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
10794 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
10795 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
10796 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
10797 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10798 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
10799 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
10800 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
10801 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
10802 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
10803 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
10804 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10805 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
10806 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
10807
10808 CHANGES WITH 197:
10809
10810 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
10811 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
10812 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
10813 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
10814 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
10815 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
10816 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
10817 the supported calendar time specification language see
10818 systemd.time(7).
10819
10820 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
10821 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
10822 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
10823 document for details:
10824
10825 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
10826
10827 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
10828 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
10829 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
10830 implementations around and minimal in its code and
10831 dependencies.
10832
10833 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
10834 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
10835 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
10836 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
10837 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
10838 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
10839 with a configure switch.
10840
10841 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
10842 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
10843 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
10844 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
10845 such as ext4.
10846
10847 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
10848 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
10849 identities are attached to the devices as well.
10850
10851 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
10852 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
10853
10854 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
10855 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
10856 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
10857 using only core OS tools.
10858
10859 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
10860 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
10861 implementation of socket activated nspawn
10862 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
10863 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
10864 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
10865 eventually.
10866
10867 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
10868 presenting log data.
10869
10870 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
10871 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
10872
10873 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
10874 system on idle.
10875
10876 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
10877 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
10878 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
10879 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
10880 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
10881 information if possible.
10882
10883 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
10884 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
10885 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
10886
10887 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
10888 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
10889 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
10890 is running on battery power.
10891
10892 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
10893 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
10894 is in the "failed" state.
10895
10896 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
10897 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
10898 environment files at once.
10899
10900 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
10901 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
10902 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
10903 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
10904 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
10905 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
10906 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
10907 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
10908 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
10909 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
10910 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
10911 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
10912 pieces of code locally from the git history.
10913
10914 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
10915 log the unit name in the message meta data.
10916
10917 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
10918 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
10919
10920 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
10921 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
10922 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
10923 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
10924 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
10925 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
10926 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
10927 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
10928 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
10929 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
10930 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
10931 shipped from us upstream.
10932
10933 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
10934 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
10935 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
10936 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
10937 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10938 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10939 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
10940 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
10941 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
10942 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
10943 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
10944 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
10945 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10946
10947 CHANGES WITH 196:
10948
10949 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
10950 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
10951 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
10952 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
10953 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
10954 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
10955 becoming the one central database for non-essential
10956 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
10957 database was only attached to select devices, since the
10958 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
10959 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
10960 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
10961 data for all devices where this is available, by
10962 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
10963 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
10964 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
10965 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
10966 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
10967 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
10968
10969 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
10970 indexed database to link up additional information with
10971 journal entries. For further details please check:
10972
10973 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
10974
10975 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
10976 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
10977 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
10978 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
10979 macro for this purpose.
10980
10981 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
10982 Python logging framework.
10983
10984 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
10985 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
10986 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
10987 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
10988 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
10989 time intervals.
10990
10991 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
10992 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
10993 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
10994
10995 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
10996 right-away on the selected coredump.
10997
10998 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
10999 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
11000 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
11001
11002 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
11003 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
11004 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
11005 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
11006
11007 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
11008 default.
11009
11010 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
11011 SMACK security label.
11012
11013 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
11014 daylight saving change.
11015
11016 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
11017 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
11018 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
11019 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
11020 distributions who still need support this to either continue
11021 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
11022 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
11023
11024 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
11025 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
11026 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
11027 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
11028 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
11029 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
11030 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
11031
11032 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
11033 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
11034
11035 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
11036 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
11037 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
11038 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
11039 offline updating tools.
11040
11041 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
11042 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
11043 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
11044 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
11045 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
11046 directories for packages to place various data files in.
11047
11048 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
11049 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
11050
11051 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
11052 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
11053 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
11054 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11055 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
11056 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
11057 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
11058 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
11059 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11060
11061 CHANGES WITH 195:
11062
11063 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
11064 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
11065 units via --unit=/-u.
11066
11067 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
11068 right thing.
11069
11070 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
11071 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
11072 rotation.
11073
11074 * The journal will now index the available field values for
11075 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
11076 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
11077 completion of journalctl has been updated
11078 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
11079 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
11080
11081 * More service events are now written as structured messages
11082 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
11083
11084 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
11085 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
11086 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
11087 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
11088 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
11089 these settings from the command line now, especially since
11090 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
11091 completion.
11092
11093 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
11094 extract coredumps from the journal.
11095
11096 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
11097 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
11098 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
11099 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
11100 scratch their heads.
11101
11102 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
11103 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
11104
11105 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
11106 in immediate termination of systemd.
11107
11108 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
11109 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
11110
11111 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
11112 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
11113 mouse screen support has been added.
11114
11115 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
11116 Server-Sent-Events as output.
11117
11118 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
11119 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
11120 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
11121 "systemctl reload".
11122
11123 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
11124 -u" instead.
11125
11126 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
11127 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
11128 configured.
11129
11130 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
11131 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
11132
11133 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
11134 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
11135 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
11136 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
11137 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
11138 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
11139 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
11140
11141 CHANGES WITH 194:
11142
11143 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
11144 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
11145 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
11146 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
11147 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
11148 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
11149 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
11150 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
11151 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
11152 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
11153 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
11154 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
11155
11156 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
11157 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
11158 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11159
11160 CHANGES WITH 193:
11161
11162 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
11163 starting from the specified location in the journal.
11164
11165 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
11166 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
11167 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
11168
11169 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
11170 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
11171 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
11172 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
11173 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
11174 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
11175 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
11176
11177 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
11178 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
11179
11180 This will download the journal contents in a
11181 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
11182
11183 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
11184
11185 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
11186 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
11187 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
11188 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
11189 screenshot of this app in its current state:
11190
11191 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
11192
11193 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
11194 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
11195
11196 CHANGES WITH 192:
11197
11198 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
11199 too.
11200
11201 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
11202 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
11203 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
11204 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
11205 just start them.
11206
11207 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
11208 and line break accordingly.
11209
11210 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11211 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
11212
11213 CHANGES WITH 191:
11214
11215 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
11216 container environment, copying the host's timezone
11217 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
11218 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
11219 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
11220
11221 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
11222 will default to 10 if omitted.
11223
11224 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
11225 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
11226 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
11227 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
11228 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
11229
11230 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
11231 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
11232 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
11233 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
11234 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
11235 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
11236 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
11237
11238 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
11239 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
11240 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
11241 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
11242 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
11243 into two.
11244
11245 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
11246 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
11247
11248 CHANGES WITH 190:
11249
11250 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
11251 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
11252 "systemctl status".
11253
11254 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
11255 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
11256 system to another place in the same file system could not be
11257 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
11258 field.)
11259
11260 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
11261 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
11262 default.
11263
11264 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
11265 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
11266 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
11267 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
11268 in a container.
11269
11270 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
11271 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
11272 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
11273 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
11274 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
11275 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
11276
11277 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
11278 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
11279 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
11280 no-op.
11281
11282 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
11283 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
11284 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
11285 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
11286 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
11287
11288 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
11289 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
11290
11291 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
11292 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
11293 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
11294 command.
11295
11296 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
11297 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
11298 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
11299
11300 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
11301
11302 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
11303 multiple files at once.
11304
11305 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
11306 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
11307 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
11308 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
11309 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
11310 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
11311 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
11312
11313 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
11314 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
11315 now support specifiers as well.
11316
11317 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
11318 dir: %_presetdir.
11319
11320 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
11321 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
11322
11323 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
11324 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
11325 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
11326 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
11327 anymore.
11328
11329 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
11330 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
11331 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
11332 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
11333
11334 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
11335 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
11336 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
11337
11338 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
11339 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
11340 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
11341 sockets.
11342
11343 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
11344 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
11345 is changed.
11346
11347 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
11348 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
11349 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
11350 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
11351 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
11352 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
11353 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
11354
11355 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
11356
11357 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
11358 the unit file label and client process label into account.
11359
11360 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
11361 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
11362
11363 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
11364 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
11365 (%b).
11366
11367 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
11368 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
11369 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11370 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11371 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
11372 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
11373 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11374
11375 CHANGES WITH 189:
11376
11377 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
11378 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
11379
11380 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
11381 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
11382 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
11383 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
11384 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
11385 syslog daemons again.
11386
11387 * The libudev API gained the new
11388 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
11389
11390 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
11391 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
11392 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
11393 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
11394
11395 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
11396 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
11397 container.
11398
11399 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
11400 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
11401 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
11402 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
11403 this explaining it in more detail.
11404
11405 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
11406 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
11407 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
11408 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
11409
11410 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
11411 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
11412 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
11413 journal files.
11414
11415 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
11416 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
11417 as container init process a lot more fun.
11418
11419 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
11420 entries.
11421
11422 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
11423 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
11424 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
11425 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
11426 different sets of services.
11427
11428 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
11429 failure state.
11430
11431 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
11432 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
11433 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11434
11435 CHANGES WITH 188:
11436
11437 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
11438 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
11439 tree a lot more organized.
11440
11441 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
11442 may be used to group services in a natural way.
11443
11444 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
11445 services.
11446
11447 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
11448 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
11449 filtering by log level now.
11450
11451 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
11452 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
11453 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
11454
11455 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
11456 command lines involving service unit names.
11457
11458 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
11459 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
11460
11461 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
11462 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
11463 and encodes structured information about the error number.
11464
11465 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
11466 option.
11467
11468 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
11469 a shutdown is cancelled.
11470
11471 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
11472 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
11473 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
11474 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
11475 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
11476
11477 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
11478 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
11479 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
11480 for display managers instead.
11481
11482 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
11483 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
11484 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
11485 protection, and suchlike.
11486
11487 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
11488 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
11489 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
11490 the service.
11491
11492 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
11493 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
11494 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
11495 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
11496 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
11497 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11498
11499 CHANGES WITH 187:
11500
11501 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
11502 pages.
11503
11504 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
11505 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
11506 data loss.
11507
11508 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
11509 option.
11510
11511 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
11512
11513 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
11514 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
11515
11516 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
11517 specific directory.
11518
11519 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
11520 messages of two different boots.
11521
11522 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
11523 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
11524 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
11525
11526 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
11527 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
11528 disjunctions.
11529
11530 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
11531 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
11532 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
11533
11534 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
11535 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
11536 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
11537
11538 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
11539 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
11540 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
11541 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
11542 speed things up a bit.
11543
11544 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
11545 header data of journal files.
11546
11547 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
11548 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
11549 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
11550
11551 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
11552 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
11553 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
11554 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
11555
11556 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11557
11558 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
11559 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
11560 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
11561 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11562
11563 CHANGES WITH 186:
11564
11565 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
11566 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
11567 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
11568 prefixed with rd.
11569
11570 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
11571 automatically generated at boot. Use:
11572
11573 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
11574
11575 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
11576
11577 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
11578
11579 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
11580 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
11581 as well.
11582
11583 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
11584 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
11585 in all appropriate directories automatically.
11586
11587 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
11588 does the right thing. Example:
11589
11590 udevadm info /dev/sda
11591 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
11592
11593 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
11594 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
11595 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
11596 running.
11597
11598 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
11599 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
11600
11601 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
11602 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
11603
11604 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
11605 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
11606 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
11607 files.
11608
11609 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
11610 be stopped that is not loaded.
11611
11612 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
11613
11614 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
11615
11616 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
11617 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
11618 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
11619 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
11620
11621 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
11622 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
11623 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
11624 completed initialization.
11625
11626 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
11627
11628 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
11629 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
11630 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
11631 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
11632 distributions.
11633
11634 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
11635 always valid when services log to the journal via
11636 STDOUT/STDERR.
11637
11638 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
11639 command line options we understand.
11640
11641 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
11642 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
11643
11644 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
11645 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
11646
11647 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
11648 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
11649 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
11650 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
11651
11652 systemctl status /home
11653 systemctl status /dev/sda
11654
11655 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
11656 system.conf parsing.
11657
11658 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
11659 Manager object.
11660
11661 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
11662
11663 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
11664
11665 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
11666 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
11667 complete.
11668
11669 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
11670 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
11671 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
11672 systemd-fsck@.service.
11673
11674 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
11675 Manager object.
11676
11677 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
11678 work sensibly.
11679
11680 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
11681 we actually understand.
11682
11683 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
11684 additional capabilities to the container.
11685
11686 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
11687 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
11688 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
11689
11690 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
11691 the current boot only.
11692
11693 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
11694 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
11695
11696 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
11697 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
11698 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
11699 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
11700 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
11701
11702 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11703
11704 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
11705 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11706 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
11707 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
11708
11709 CHANGES WITH 185:
11710
11711 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
11712 available.
11713
11714 * Several new man pages have been added.
11715
11716 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
11717 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
11718 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
11719 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
11720
11721 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
11722 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
11723
11724 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
11725 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11726 Matthias Clasen
11727
11728 CHANGES WITH 184:
11729
11730 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
11731 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
11732
11733 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
11734 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
11735 daemon.
11736
11737 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
11738 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
11739
11740 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
11741 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
11742 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
11743 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
11744
11745 CHANGES WITH 183:
11746
11747 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
11748 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
11749 and systemd's most recent version number.
11750
11751 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
11752 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
11753 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
11754 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
11755 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
11756 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
11757
11758 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
11759 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
11760 subsystems.
11761
11762 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
11763 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
11764 used to subscribe to events.
11765
11766 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
11767 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
11768 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
11769 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
11770 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
11771 forked by udev rules.
11772
11773 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
11774 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
11775 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
11776 it.
11777
11778 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
11779 udev_monitor_from_socket()
11780 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
11781 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
11782 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
11783
11784 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
11785 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
11786
11787 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
11788 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
11789 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
11790 the files to the new names on upgrade.
11791
11792 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
11793 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
11794 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
11795 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
11796 to be used as drop-in files.
11797
11798 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
11799 particular suspending and hibernating.
11800
11801 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
11802 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
11803 about this in more detail.
11804
11805 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
11806 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
11807 places). Distributions which have not converted these
11808 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
11809 from git history and add them downstream.
11810
11811 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
11812 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
11813 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
11814 units.
11815
11816 * All smaller setup units (such as
11817 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
11818 are run in a container and are skipped when
11819 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
11820 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
11821
11822 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
11823 integrated, for details see:
11824 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
11825
11826 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
11827 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
11828 messages.
11829
11830 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
11831 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
11832 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
11833 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
11834 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
11835
11836 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
11837 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
11838 for all units started by PID 1.
11839
11840 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
11841 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
11842 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
11843
11844 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
11845 of PID 1 anymore.
11846
11847 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
11848 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
11849 have not been read by systemd yet.
11850
11851 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
11852 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
11853 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
11854 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
11855 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
11856 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
11857
11858 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
11859 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
11860
11861 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
11862
11863 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
11864 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
11865 so sexy.
11866
11867 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
11868 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
11869 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
11870 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
11871 patterns.
11872
11873 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
11874 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
11875 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
11876 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
11877
11878 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
11879 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
11880
11881 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
11882 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
11883 in systemd now.
11884
11885 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
11886 ID on the command line.
11887
11888 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
11889 for an init system.
11890
11891 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
11892 vt100.
11893
11894 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
11895
11896 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
11897 components now have directories of their own.
11898
11899 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
11900
11901 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
11902 container in other hierarchies.
11903
11904 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
11905 system.conf.
11906
11907 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
11908
11909 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
11910 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
11911
11912 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
11913 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
11914
11915 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
11916 locally generated journal files.
11917
11918 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
11919
11920 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
11921
11922 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
11923 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
11924 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
11925 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
11926 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
11927 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
11928 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11929 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
11930 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11931 Gundersen
11932
11933 CHANGES WITH 44:
11934
11935 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11936
11937 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
11938 KVM or container configured UUID.
11939
11940 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
11941
11942 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
11943
11944 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
11945 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
11946
11947 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
11948
11949 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
11950 folks
11951
11952 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
11953 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
11954 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
11955
11956 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
11957 configuration
11958
11959 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
11960 free fashion
11961
11962 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
11963 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
11964 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
11965 automatically generated data.
11966
11967 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
11968 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
11969 however.
11970
11971 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
11972 tarball.
11973
11974 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
11975 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
11976 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
11977 Reding
11978
11979 CHANGES WITH 43:
11980
11981 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11982
11983 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
11984
11985 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
11986
11987 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
11988 normal user logins.
11989
11990 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
11991 Biebl
11992
11993 CHANGES WITH 42:
11994
11995 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
11996
11997 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
11998 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
11999 xsltproc.
12000
12001 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
12002 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
12003 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
12004
12005 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
12006 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
12007 reboot can automatically be triggered.
12008
12009 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
12010
12011 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
12012 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12013 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
12014
12015 CHANGES WITH 41:
12016
12017 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
12018 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
12019 package update.
12020
12021 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
12022 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
12023 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
12024
12025 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
12026 complete.
12027
12028 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
12029 understood to set system wide environment variables
12030 dynamically at boot.
12031
12032 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
12033
12034 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
12035 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
12036 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
12037 files.
12038
12039 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12040 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
12041 William Douglas
12042
12043 CHANGES WITH 40:
12044
12045 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12046
12047 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
12048 "Result" D-Bus property.
12049
12050 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
12051 the next few releases.)
12052
12053 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
12054 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
12055 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
12056 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
12057
12058 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
12059 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
12060 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
12061
12062 CHANGES WITH 39:
12063
12064 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12065 bugfixes.
12066
12067 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
12068 resource usage.
12069
12070 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
12071 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
12072 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
12073 journals by the respective users.
12074
12075 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
12076 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
12077 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
12078
12079 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
12080 client for all entries.
12081
12082 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
12083
12084 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
12085 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
12086
12087 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
12088 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
12089 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
12090 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
12091
12092 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
12093 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
12094 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
12095
12096 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
12097 journal along with meta data.
12098
12099 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
12100 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
12101 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
12102
12103 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
12104 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
12105 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
12106
12107 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
12108
12109 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
12110 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
12111 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
12112 or fsck.
12113
12114 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
12115 requested with new -k switch.
12116
12117 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12118 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
12119
12120 CHANGES WITH 38:
12121
12122 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12123 bugfixes.
12124
12125 * The git repository moved to:
12126 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
12127 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
12128
12129 * First release with the journal
12130 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
12131
12132 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
12133 systemd-stdout-bridge.
12134
12135 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
12136
12137 * Many systemadm clean-ups
12138
12139 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
12140 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
12141 remote mounts.
12142
12143 * Added Mageia support
12144
12145 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
12146
12147 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
12148 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
12149 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
12150 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
12151 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
12152
12153 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
12154 of existing distributions.
12155
12156 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
12157 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
12158
12159 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
12160 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
12161 boot.
12162
12163 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
12164
12165 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
12166 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
12167 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
12168 among other things.
12169
12170 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
12171 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
12172
12173 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
12174
12175 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
12176 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
12177 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
12178
12179 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
12180 restored.
12181
12182 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
12183 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
12184 kmod
12185
12186 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
12187 of /usr/local by default.
12188
12189 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
12190 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
12191 in:
12192 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
12193
12194 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
12195 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
12196 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
12197 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
12198 supported anyway, and bad style).
12199
12200 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
12201 reloading of units together.
12202
12203 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
12204 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
12205 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12206 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
12207 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek